US20220287980A1 - Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof - Google Patents
Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220287980A1 US20220287980A1 US17/831,459 US202217831459A US2022287980A1 US 20220287980 A1 US20220287980 A1 US 20220287980A1 US 202217831459 A US202217831459 A US 202217831459A US 2022287980 A1 US2022287980 A1 US 2022287980A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- coating
- polyethylene glycol
- pharmaceutical composition
- film
- glucopyranos
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 99
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 46
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 claims description 250
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 claims description 244
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 claims description 233
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 202
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 claims description 168
- XZWYZXLIPXDOLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N metformin hydrochloride Natural products CN(C)C(=N)NC(N)=N XZWYZXLIPXDOLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 165
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 154
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 claims description 128
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 128
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 123
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 102
- -1 poly(ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 claims description 102
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 claims description 80
- 238000013265 extended release Methods 0.000 claims description 75
- OETHQSJEHLVLGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N metformin hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CN(C)C(=N)N=C(N)N OETHQSJEHLVLGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 72
- 229960004329 metformin hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 claims description 71
- 239000007888 film coating Substances 0.000 claims description 68
- 238000009501 film coating Methods 0.000 claims description 68
- 239000012729 immediate-release (IR) formulation Substances 0.000 claims description 63
- 229960003105 metformin Drugs 0.000 claims description 63
- YZGOOQZXQOPQNT-DNNBANOASA-N (2r,3r,4s,5s,6r)-2-[4-chloro-3-[[4-[(3s)-oxolan-3-yl]oxyphenyl]methyl]phenyl]-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxane-2,3,4,5-tetrol Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@]1(O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C(CC=2C=CC(O[C@@H]3COCC3)=CC=2)=C1 YZGOOQZXQOPQNT-DNNBANOASA-N 0.000 claims description 60
- DLRVVLDZNNYCBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Polydextrose Polymers OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)O1 DLRVVLDZNNYCBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 58
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 56
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 54
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 claims description 54
- 208000001072 type 2 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 53
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 52
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 claims description 49
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 49
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 45
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 43
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 claims description 34
- 229920002594 Polyethylene Glycol 8000 Polymers 0.000 claims description 31
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 claims description 30
- 229920001100 Polydextrose Polymers 0.000 claims description 29
- 235000013856 polydextrose Nutrition 0.000 claims description 29
- 239000001259 polydextrose Substances 0.000 claims description 29
- 229940035035 polydextrose Drugs 0.000 claims description 29
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 claims description 28
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- URAYPUMNDPQOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N triacetin Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC(OC(C)=O)COC(C)=O URAYPUMNDPQOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 26
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 claims description 22
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 claims description 21
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000002641 glycemic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- FLKPEMZONWLCSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl phthalate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC FLKPEMZONWLCSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000001087 glyceryl triacetate Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 235000013773 glyceryl triacetate Nutrition 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 229960002622 triacetin Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 claims description 10
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 claims description 7
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000005395 methacrylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 claims description 7
- 229940116351 sebacate Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-L sebacate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910021485 fumed silica Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003472 antidiabetic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000030159 metabolic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000002249 Diabetes Complications Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000004353 Polyethylene glycol 8000 Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940085678 polyethylene glycol 8000 Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000019446 polyethylene glycol 8000 Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- DTHNMHAUYICORS-KTKZVXAJSA-N Glucagon-like peptide 1 Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1N=CNC=1)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 DTHNMHAUYICORS-KTKZVXAJSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 206010012655 Diabetic complications Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 102100025101 GATA-type zinc finger protein 1 Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 101710198884 GATA-type zinc finger protein 1 Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 102100024295 Maltase-glucoamylase Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 229940123464 Thiazolidinedione Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- 108010028144 alpha-Glucosidases Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 150000001467 thiazolidinediones Chemical class 0.000 claims 1
- 229940000425 combination drug Drugs 0.000 abstract description 27
- LJVNRPAERZRHDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-carbamimidoyl-1,2-dimethylguanidine Chemical compound CN=C(N)N(C)C(N)=N LJVNRPAERZRHDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 26
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 abstract description 20
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 abstract description 15
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 abstract description 13
- 229940123518 Sodium/glucose cotransporter 2 inhibitor Drugs 0.000 abstract description 12
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 abstract description 12
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 11
- 229940090124 dipeptidyl peptidase 4 (dpp-4) inhibitors for blood glucose lowering Drugs 0.000 abstract description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 abstract description 8
- LTXREWYXXSTFRX-QGZVFWFLSA-N Linagliptin Chemical compound N=1C=2N(C)C(=O)N(CC=3N=C4C=CC=CC4=C(C)N=3)C(=O)C=2N(CC#CC)C=1N1CCC[C@@H](N)C1 LTXREWYXXSTFRX-QGZVFWFLSA-N 0.000 description 120
- 229960002397 linagliptin Drugs 0.000 description 115
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 109
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 65
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 64
- 229920003091 Methocel™ Polymers 0.000 description 62
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 56
- 229930064664 L-arginine Natural products 0.000 description 43
- 235000014852 L-arginine Nutrition 0.000 description 43
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-arginine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 42
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 40
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 40
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 39
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 38
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 36
- 206010022489 Insulin Resistance Diseases 0.000 description 34
- 229920003125 hypromellose 2910 Polymers 0.000 description 32
- 229940031672 hypromellose 2910 Drugs 0.000 description 32
- 229960003943 hypromellose Drugs 0.000 description 31
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 29
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 28
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 26
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 25
- 201000009104 prediabetes syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 23
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 22
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 19
- 208000002705 Glucose Intolerance Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 239000008118 PEG 6000 Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229920002584 Polyethylene Glycol 6000 Polymers 0.000 description 14
- LEHOTFFKMJEONL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uric Acid Chemical compound N1C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1NC(=O)N2 LEHOTFFKMJEONL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 description 14
- 208000001145 Metabolic Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 13
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron oxide Inorganic materials [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 12
- 201000000690 abdominal obesity-metabolic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 12
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 235000009697 arginine Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 12
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 239000008184 oral solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 11
- 208000004611 Abdominal Obesity Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 206010018429 Glucose tolerance impaired Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 9
- 235000013980 iron oxide Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000000291 postprandial effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- JQFLARMXIDCGKG-UNTBIKODSA-N 8-[(3r)-3-aminopiperidin-1-yl]-7-but-2-ynyl-3-methyl-1-[(4-methylquinazolin-2-yl)methyl]purine-2,6-dione;3-(diaminomethylidene)-1,1-dimethylguanidine Chemical compound CN(C)C(=N)N=C(N)N.N=1C=2N(C)C(=O)N(CC=3N=C4C=CC=CC4=C(C)N=3)C(=O)C=2N(CC#CC)C=1N1CCC[C@@H](N)C1 JQFLARMXIDCGKG-UNTBIKODSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 208000001280 Prediabetic State Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229940005329 linagliptin / metformin Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000004584 weight gain Effects 0.000 description 8
- 235000019786 weight gain Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 206010060378 Hyperinsulinaemia Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 206010033307 Overweight Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000007446 glucose tolerance test Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000003451 hyperinsulinaemic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 201000008980 hyperinsulinism Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 206010065941 Central obesity Diseases 0.000 description 6
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000005469 granulation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000003179 granulation Effects 0.000 description 6
- VKYKSIONXSXAKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylenetetramine Chemical compound C1N(C2)CN3CN1CN2C3 VKYKSIONXSXAKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000009097 single-agent therapy Methods 0.000 description 6
- TVWHNULVHGKJHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uric acid Natural products N1C(=O)NC(=O)C2NC(=O)NC21 TVWHNULVHGKJHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000035487 diastolic blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 5
- VBMVTYDPPZVILR-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(2+);oxygen(2-) Chemical class [O-2].[Fe+2] VBMVTYDPPZVILR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000035488 systolic blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229940116269 uric acid Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 210000002237 B-cell of pancreatic islet Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 208000004930 Fatty Liver Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010019708 Hepatic steatosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 201000001431 Hyperuricemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010054805 Macroangiopathy Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000005784 autoimmunity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000010706 fatty liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000007941 film coated tablet Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000004104 gestational diabetes Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 201000001421 hyperglycemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 208000008338 non-alcoholic fatty liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 231100000240 steatosis hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 102000017011 Glycated Hemoglobin A Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010014663 Glycated Hemoglobin A Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 201000005569 Gout Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010019280 Heart failures Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000013016 Hypoglycemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000000913 Kidney Calculi Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010029148 Nephrolithiasis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000000577 adipose tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000004411 aluminium Substances 0.000 description 3
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008199 coating composition Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000029078 coronary artery disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000002274 desiccant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000002218 hypoglycaemic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000035935 pregnancy Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- UFTFJSFQGQCHQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N triformin Chemical compound O=COCC(OC=O)COC=O UFTFJSFQGQCHQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000007342 Diabetic Nephropathies Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010054044 Diabetic microangiopathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010056559 Graft infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010023302 HDL Cholesterol Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920003096 Methocel™ K100M Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010076181 Proinsulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000001647 Renal Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 206010052779 Transplant rejections Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000000181 anti-adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003911 antiadherent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940125708 antidiabetic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000227 basophil cell of anterior lobe of hypophysis Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004927 clay Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011247 coating layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000009101 diabetic angiopathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000033679 diabetic kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007907 direct compression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940088679 drug related substance Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000003255 drug test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001610 euglycemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001903 high density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000009478 high shear granulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004700 high-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000013632 homeostatic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000004153 islets of langerhan Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 201000006370 kidney failure Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229960003511 macrogol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000003801 milling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010053219 non-alcoholic steatohepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002572 peristaltic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000007916 tablet composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011287 therapeutic dose Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000010215 titanium dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002438 upper gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000005550 wet granulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- VOUAQYXWVJDEQY-QENPJCQMSA-N 33017-11-7 Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N1[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O)CCC1 VOUAQYXWVJDEQY-QENPJCQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010444 Acidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100031786 Adiponectin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076365 Adiponectin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910000838 Al alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010001580 Albuminuria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010002383 Angina Pectoris Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003210 Arteriosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010075254 C-Peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IKYPVJJLDPGDNV-QGZVFWFLSA-N CC#CCn1c(N2CCC[C@@H](C)C2)nc2c1c(=O)n(Cc1nc(C)c3ccccc3n1)c(=O)n2C Chemical compound CC#CCn1c(N2CCC[C@@H](C)C2)nc2c1c(=O)n(Cc1nc(C)c3ccccc3n1)c(=O)n2C IKYPVJJLDPGDNV-QGZVFWFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000031229 Cardiomyopathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002177 Cataract Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008960 Diabetic foot Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010063547 Diabetic macroangiopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010056340 Diabetic ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032928 Dyslipidaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004097 EU approved flavor enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000005189 Embolism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010016262 Fatty liver alcoholic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000034826 Genetic Predisposition to Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010010234 HDL Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001135589 Homo sapiens Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 22 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000031226 Hyperlipidaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010062016 Immunosuppression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100023915 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000031773 Insulin resistance syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000017170 Lipid metabolism disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001082241 Lythrum hyssopifolia Species 0.000 description 1
- BEFVCLMMBJEVNM-SJSRKZJXSA-N OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](c2ccc(Cl)c(Cc3ccc(OC4CCCC4)cc3)c2)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](c2ccc(Cl)c(Cc3ccc(OC4CCCC4)cc3)c2)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O BEFVCLMMBJEVNM-SJSRKZJXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021314 Palmitic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000030831 Peripheral arterial occlusive disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001069 Raman spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000017442 Retinal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038923 Retinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091006269 SLC5A2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000058081 Sodium-Glucose Transporter 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000007718 Stable Angina Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100033138 Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 22 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000007814 Unstable Angina Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004248 Zinc Transporter 8 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000702 Zinc Transporter 8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007950 acidosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000026545 acidosis disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940127003 anti-diabetic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000011775 arteriosclerosis disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001188 articular cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036772 blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000476 body water Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004203 carnauba wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013869 carnauba wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001364 causal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000748 compression moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002354 daily effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007872 degassing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001079 digestive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000010643 digestive system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011978 dissolution method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007922 dissolution test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013583 drug formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007908 dry granulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- MVPICKVDHDWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCN1CCCC1 MVPICKVDHDWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003203 everyday effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019264 food flavour enhancer Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093617 glumetza Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036252 glycation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008172 hydrogenated vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003345 hyperglycaemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006651 lactation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011866 long-term treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009476 low shear granulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003750 lower gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012054 meals Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- NAFSTSRULRIERK-UHFFFAOYSA-M monosodium urate Chemical compound [Na+].N1C([O-])=NC(=O)C2=C1NC(=O)N2 NAFSTSRULRIERK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 201000001119 neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007823 neuropathy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007410 oral glucose tolerance test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002943 palmitic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000033808 peripheral neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006254 polymer film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000131 polyvinylidene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000001474 proteinuria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037803 restenosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033764 rhythmic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009490 roller compaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045902 sodium stearyl fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002636 symptomatic treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002435 tendon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940127279 trajenta Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001238 wet grinding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/28—Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating
- A61K9/2806—Coating materials
- A61K9/2833—Organic macromolecular compounds
- A61K9/286—Polysaccharides, e.g. gums; Cyclodextrin
- A61K9/2866—Cellulose; Cellulose derivatives, e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/13—Amines
- A61K31/155—Amidines (), e.g. guanidine (H2N—C(=NH)—NH2), isourea (N=C(OH)—NH2), isothiourea (—N=C(SH)—NH2)
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/52—Purines, e.g. adenine
- A61K31/522—Purines, e.g. adenine having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. hypoxanthine, guanine, acyclovir
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/7048—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having oxygen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. leucoglucosan, hesperidin, erythromycin, nystatin, digitoxin or digoxin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
- A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0053—Mouth and digestive tract, i.e. intraoral and peroral administration
- A61K9/0065—Forms with gastric retention, e.g. floating on gastric juice, adhering to gastric mucosa, expanding to prevent passage through the pylorus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/2072—Pills, tablets, discs, rods characterised by shape, structure or size; Tablets with holes, special break lines or identification marks; Partially coated tablets; Disintegrating flat shaped forms
- A61K9/2077—Tablets comprising drug-containing microparticles in a substantial amount of supporting matrix; Multiparticulate tablets
- A61K9/2081—Tablets comprising drug-containing microparticles in a substantial amount of supporting matrix; Multiparticulate tablets with microcapsules or coated microparticles according to A61K9/50
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/2072—Pills, tablets, discs, rods characterised by shape, structure or size; Tablets with holes, special break lines or identification marks; Partially coated tablets; Disintegrating flat shaped forms
- A61K9/2086—Layered tablets, e.g. bilayer tablets; Tablets of the type inert core-active coat
- A61K9/209—Layered tablets, e.g. bilayer tablets; Tablets of the type inert core-active coat containing drug in at least two layers or in the core and in at least one outer layer
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/28—Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating
- A61K9/2806—Coating materials
- A61K9/2833—Organic macromolecular compounds
- A61K9/2853—Organic macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyethylene glycol, polyethylene oxide, poloxamers, poly(lactide-co-glycolide)
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/2004—Excipients; Inactive ingredients
- A61K9/2022—Organic macromolecular compounds
- A61K9/2031—Organic macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyethylene glycol, polyethylene oxide, poloxamers
Definitions
- the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing a fixed dose combination (FDC) comprising
- a DPP-4 inhibitor drug (particularly 1-[(4-methyl-quinazolin-2-yl)methyl]-3-methyl-7-(2-butyn-1-yl)-8-(3-(R)-amino-piperidin-1-yl)-xanthine, also named linagliptin) and/or
- SGLT-2 inhibitor drug particularly 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, also named Compound “A” herein), and
- metformin particularly metformin hydrochloride
- metformin XR extended release form
- the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a fixed dose combination of an extended release form of metformin hydrochloride, optionally seal or barrier coated, which is further coated with an immediate release form of 1-[(4-methyl-quinazolin-2-yl)methyl]-3-methyl-7-(2-butyn-1-yl)-8-(3-(R)-amino-piperidin-1-yl)-xanthine (linagliptin) and/or 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene (Compound “A”).
- the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as e.g. a tablet), comprising or consisting essentially of
- the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as a tablet) of a selected dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitor (preferably linagliptin, particularly in immediate release form) and metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form (metformin XR).
- a pharmaceutical composition particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as a tablet), comprising a fixed dose combination of an extended release form of metformin hydrochloride, optionally seal and/or barrier coated, and further coated with an immediate release form of linagliptin.
- the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as a tablet) of a selected SGLT-2 inhibitor (preferably 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, particularly in immediate release form) and metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form (metformin XR).
- a pharmaceutical composition particularly a solid preparation (e.g.
- an oral solid dosage form such as a tablet
- an oral solid dosage form comprising a fixed dose combination of an extended release form of metformin hydrochloride, optionally seal and/or barrier coated, and further coated with an immediate release form of 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene.
- the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as e.g. a tablet), comprising a first component, part or composition comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form and one or more excipients, and a second component, part or composition comprising a selected dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitor (preferably linagliptin), particularly in immediate release form, and one or more excipients.
- a pharmaceutical composition particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as e.g. a tablet), comprising a first component, part or composition comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form and one or more excipients, and a second component, part or composition comprising a selected dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitor (preferably linagliptin), particularly in immediate release form, and one or more excipients
- the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as a tablet), comprising an extended release form of metformin hydrochloride, optionally seal and/or barrier coated, and further coated with an immediate release form of linagliptin.
- a pharmaceutical composition particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as a tablet), comprising an extended release form of metformin hydrochloride, optionally seal and/or barrier coated, and further coated with an immediate release form of linagliptin.
- the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as e.g. a tablet), comprising
- metformin particularly metformin hydrochloride
- a second component, part or composition comprising a selected SGLT-2 inhibitor (preferably 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene), particularly in immediate release form, and one or more excipients.
- SGLT-2 inhibitor preferably 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene
- the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as a tablet), comprising an extended release form of metformin hydrochloride, optionally seal and/or barrier coated, and further coated with an immediate release form of 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene.
- a pharmaceutical composition particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as a tablet), comprising an extended release form of metformin hydrochloride, optionally seal and/or barrier coated, and further coated with an immediate release form of 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene.
- the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as e.g. a tablet), comprising or consisting essentially of
- the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as e.g. a tablet), comprising or consisting essentially of
- compositions of this invention comprise an inner core formulation of metformin hydrochloride comprising a swellable and/or extended release material.
- compositions of this invention comprise an inner extended release core which is a formulation (e.g. matrix formulation) comprising metformin hydrochloride, a swellable and/or extended release material, and one or more further excipients.
- a formulation e.g. matrix formulation
- compositions of this invention comprise an outer coat of active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) (linagliptin and/or 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene) in an immediate release polymer film.
- API active pharmaceutical ingredient
- the extended-release mechanism for the metformin HCl core may be based on an expandable polymeric swelling formulation that increases gastric retention and extends drug release from the matrix.
- This metformin HCl core may be then film-coated (spray-coated) with up to four layers (e.g. barrier coat layer, immediate-release active coat layer, color coat layer, final coat layer), one of which (active coat layer) contains the active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) (linagliptin or 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene), to add the immediate-release active component.
- API active pharmaceutical ingredient
- the present invention relates to a coating process (e.g. coating technology and processing conditions) and immediate release coating formulations of active pharmaceutical ingredients (API) in low doses (typically in doses of 0.5 to 25 mg) on top of tablet cores comprising active pharmaceutical ingredients (API) in high doses (typically in doses of 500-1500 mg) preferably, but not exclusively on extended release tablets.
- a coating process e.g. coating technology and processing conditions
- API active pharmaceutical ingredients
- An aim of the present invention is to provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a selected DPP-4 inhibitor (preferably linagliptin, particularly in immediate release form), and metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form.
- a selected DPP-4 inhibitor preferably linagliptin, particularly in immediate release form
- metformin particularly metformin hydrochloride
- Another aim of the present invention is to provide a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a selected SGLT-2 inhibitor (preferably 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, particularly in immediate release form), and metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form.
- a selected SGLT-2 inhibitor preferably 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, particularly in immediate release form
- metformin particularly metformin hydrochloride
- the objectives of are to identify suitable formulations and processing conditions, such as e.g. of a coat of linagliptin or of 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene on top metformin XR cores, providing adequate:
- a particular objective of the present invention is to provide a pharmaceutical composition and suitable coating process with very broad range of drug substance (linagliptin or Compound “A”)/drug substance (metformin) ratio: 1:400-1:40. And the ratio of very low dosed API, e.g. linagliptin with 1 mg or 2.5 mg to very high dosed metformin with 1000 mg and more. And the suitable immediate release dissolution of the low dosed API with high dosed extended release metformin.
- the unit dosage strength of the metformin hydrochloride for incorporation into the fixed-dose combination of the present invention is preferably 500, 750, 850 or 1000 milligrams, or even more (e.g. 1500 mg).
- metformin hydrochloride represent the dosage strengths approved in the U.S. for marketing to treat Type 2 diabetes.
- the unit dosage strength of linagliptin for incorporation into the fixed-dose combination of the present invention is preferably in the range from 0.5 to 10 mg, for particular example 2.5 or 5 milligrams, or even less (e.g. 0.5 mg or 1 mg).
- the unit dosage strength of 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene for incorporation into the fixed-dose combination of the present invention is preferably in the range from 5 to 25 mg, for example 5, 10, 12.5 or 25 milligrams.
- dosage strengths for 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene and metformin hydrochloride in the fixed-dose combinations of the present invention are the following:
- compositions particularly solid preparations (e.g. oral solid dosage forms, such as e.g. tablets) according to the present invention may further comprise a color coat and/or a final coat.
- the first part in the present invention is a part (composition, particularly solid composition, e.g. a solid pharmaceutical composition for oral administration, e.g. tablet) comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form, particularly an extended release formulation of metformin.
- composition particularly solid composition, e.g. a solid pharmaceutical composition for oral administration, e.g. tablet
- metformin particularly metformin hydrochloride
- this first part is a metformin (e.g. 500 mg, 750 mg or 1000 mg metformin hydrochloride) extended release core.
- metformin e.g. 500 mg, 750 mg or 1000 mg metformin hydrochloride
- the fixed-dose combination products of the present invention comprise—as first part—an inner core matrix formulation with metformin hydrochloride dispersed therein, said matrix formulation containing an extended release material.
- the matrix formulation is compressed into a tablet form.
- the fixed-dose combination products of the present invention comprise—as first part—an inner core extended release formulation comprising metformin hydrochloride, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (hypromellose), polyethylene oxide, microcrystalline cellulose, and magnesium stearate.
- the fixed-dose combination products of the present invention comprise—as first part—an inner core extended release formulation comprising metformin hydrochloride, polyethylene oxide, low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (hypromellose, e.g. Methocel E5), and magnesium stearate.
- an inner core extended release formulation comprising metformin hydrochloride, polyethylene oxide, low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (hypromellose, e.g. Methocel E5), and magnesium stearate.
- the extended release material of the matrix comprises poly(ethylene oxide) and/or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC), preferably a combination of poly(ethylene oxide) and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC), preferably at a weight ratio that causes the matrix to swell upon contact with gastric fluid to a size large enough to provide gastric retention.
- HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- the poly(ethylene oxide) component of the matrix may limit initial release of the drug and may impart gastric retention through swelling.
- the hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) component may lower the amount of poly(ethylene oxide) required while still allowing the swelling to occur.
- the poly(ethylene oxide) has a viscosity average molecular weight of from about 2,000,000 to about 10,000,000 daltons, more preferably from about 4,000,000 to about 7,000,000 daltons.
- the hydroxypropyl methylcellulose has a viscosity of from about 4,000 centipoise to about 200,000 centipoise, more preferably from about 50,000 to about 200,000 centipoise, even more preferably 80,000 centipoise to about 120,000 centipoise, measured as a 2% solution in water.
- the poly(ethylene oxide) has a viscosity average molecular weight of from about 4,000,000 to about 7,000,000 daltons
- the hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) has a viscosity of from about 80,000 centipoise to about 120,000 centipoise, measured as a 2% solution in water.
- the weight ratio of the poly(ethylene oxide) to hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) is within the range from about 1:3 to 3:1, preferably 1:2 to 2:1.
- the weight ratio of the poly(ethylene oxide) and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) in combination constitutes from about 15% to about 90%, or from about 30% to about 65%, or from about 40% to about 50%, by weight of the metformin part.
- Tablet cores in accordance with this invention can be prepared by common tabletting methods that involve mixing, comminution, and fabrication steps commonly practiced by and well known to those skilled in the art of manufacturing drug formulations. Examples of such techniques are:
- lubricants When tablets are made by direct compression, the addition of lubricants may be helpful and is sometimes important to promote powder flow and to prevent breaking of the tablet when the pressure is relieved.
- typical lubricants are magnesium stearate (in a concentration of from 0.25% to 3% by weight, preferably about 1% or less by weight, in the powder mix), stearic acid (0.5% to 3% by weight), and hydrogenated vegetable oil (preferably hydrogenated and refined triglycerides of stearic and palmitic acids at about 1% to 5% by weight, most preferably about 2% by weight).
- Additional excipients may be added, such as e.g. granulating aids (e.g. low molecular weight HPMC at 2-5% by weight), binders (e.g. microcrystalline cellulose), and additives to enhance powder flowability, tablet hardness, and tablet friability and to reduce adherence to the die wall.
- granulating aids e.g. low molecular weight HPMC at 2-5% by weight
- binders e.g. microcrystalline cellulose
- additives to enhance powder flowability, tablet hardness, and tablet friability and to reduce adherence to the die wall.
- An exemplary extended release metformin tablet core comprises metformin hydrochloride, a combination of poly(ethylene oxide) and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. Methocel K100M) as a matrix for a swellable extended release tablet, microcrystalline cellulose as binder, low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. Methocel E5) as granulating aid, and magnesium stearate as lubricant.
- metformin hydrochloride a combination of poly(ethylene oxide) and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. Methocel K100M) as a matrix for a swellable extended release tablet, microcrystalline cellulose as binder, low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. Methocel E5) as granulating aid, and magnesium stearate as lubricant.
- composition of a representative metformin core tablet is provided as follows:
- metformin hydrochloride e.g. 49.97% by weight of the first part
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose e.g. Methocel K100M
- Methocel K100M hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- microcrystalline cellulose e.g. 4.99% by weight of the first part
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose e.g. Methocel E5
- Methocel E5 low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- magnesium stearate e.g. 0.75% by weight of the first part.
- Tablets may be formulated by dry blending a granulation comprising metformin hydrochloride and low molecular weight HPMC (e.g. Methocel E5) and the remaining excipients listed above, followed by pressing on a tablet press.
- HPMC low molecular weight HPMC
- a lubricant sodium stearyl fumarate may be mentioned (e.g. at about 0.25-3% by weight).
- metformin hydrochloride e.g. 750 mg or 1000 mg
- poly(ethylene oxide) e.g. SENTRYTM POLYOXTM WSR 303
- low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose hyperromellose, e.g. Methocel E5
- magnesium stearate as lubricant.
- the poly(ethylene oxide) as swelling and/or extended release polymer has an approximate molecular weight of 7,000,000, and/or a viscosity range 7500-10,000 centipoise measured as aqueous 1% solution at 25° C.
- the poly(ethylene oxide) is SENTRYTM POLYOXTM WSR 303.
- the low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose as (granulation) binder is hypromellose having viscosity of 5 centipoise measured as aqueous 2% solution at 20° C.
- the low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose is Methocel E5.
- composition of a representative metformin extended release core is provided as follows:
- metformin hydrochloride e.g. 750.0 mg, 65.68% by weight of the first part
- poly(ethylene oxide) (SENTRYTM POLYOXTM WSR 303), e.g. 355.2 mg, 31.10% by weight of the first part,
- Method E5 low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, e.g. 25.5 mg, 2.23% by weight of the first part, and
- magnesium stearate e.g. 11.3 mg, 0.99% by weight of the first part.
- composition of another representative metformin extended release core is provided as follows:
- metformin hydrochloride e.g. 1000.0 mg, 70.47% by weight of the first part
- poly(ethylene oxide) (SENTRYTM POLYOXTM WSR 303), e.g. 370.0 mg, 26.07% by weight of the first part,
- Method E5 low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, e.g. 34.0 mg, 2.40% by weight of the first part, and
- magnesium stearate e.g. 15.0 mg, 1.06% by weight of the first part.
- metformin e.g. 750 mg or 1000 mg metformin hydrochloride
- extended release cores comprises metformin wet granulation (e.g. high shear granulation) in the presence of low molecular weight HPMC (hypromellose, Methocel E5) as binder for granulation, followed by optional wet milling, drying (e.g. fluid bed drying, e.g. ⁇ 0.2% LOD) and milling (e.g. dry granulation milling).
- HPMC hyper molecular weight
- drying e.g. fluid bed drying, e.g. ⁇ 0.2% LOD
- milling e.g. dry granulation milling
- the milled granulation is subsequently used for blending with poly(ethylene oxide) (SENTRYTM POLYOXTM WSR 303), then magnesium stearate as lubricant for tableting is added for final blending.
- the obtained metformin blend is used for compression of single layer tablets.
- metformin hydrochloride 750 mg or 1000 mg, 96.71% by weight of total dry granulate
- part of hypromellose Metalhocel E5, 2.39% by weight of total dry granulate
- an aqueous (10% w/w) binder solution of remaining part of hypromellose Metalhocel E5, 0.90% by weight of total dry granulate
- the excipients during dispensing may be pre-sieved and the metformin HCl may be pre-milled.
- the metformin extended release formulation allows for targeted, controlled delivery of metformin to the upper gastrointestinal (GI) tract.
- the metformin extended release formulation is a hydrogel matrix system and contains a swelling hydrophilic polymer and further excipients, which may allow the metformin tablet core to be retained in the stomach (‘gastric retention’) for approximately eight to nine hours. During this time, the tablet core's metformin is steadily delivered to the upper GI tract at the desired rate and time, without potentially irritating ‘burst’ of drug. This gradual, extended release typically allows for more of the metformin drug to be absorbed in the upper GI tract and minimizes the amount of drug that passes through to the lower GI tract.
- metformin XR e.g. 750 mg or 1000 mg
- the metformin XR cores of this invention provide gastric retention with extended dose of metformin released over approximately 12 hours.
- the second part in the present invention is a part (composition, particularly film coat) comprising linagliptin in immediate release form.
- the fixed-dose combination products of the present invention comprise—as second part—a film coat formulation of linagliptin, said film coat formulation comprising linagliptin, a stabilizer for stabilizing linagliptin (e.g. a basic and/or nucleophilic excipient, preferably L-arginine as stabilizer), a film-coating agent (such as e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, e.g. Hypromellose 2910, Methocel E5, or Methocel E15), a plasticizer (such as e.g. polyethylene glycol, e.g. Macrogol 400, 6000 or 8000, or propylene glycol), and, optionally, a glidant (such as e.g. talc).
- a stabilizer for stabilizing linagliptin e.g. a basic and/or nucleophilic excipient, preferably L-arginine as stabilizer
- a film-coating agent such as
- the weight ratio of the L-arginine to linagliptin is within the range from about 20:1 to about 1:10, or from about 15:1 to about 1:10, or from about 10:1 to about 1:10, or from about 5:1 to about 1:5, or from about 4:1 to about 1:1, or from about 3:1 to about 1:1, or from about 4:1 to about 2:1, especially about 4:1.
- the weight ratio of the L-arginine to linagliptin is within the range from about 2:1 to about 1:1, up to about 0.2:1.
- the weight ratio of the L-arginine to linagliptin is within the range from about 4:1 to about 2:1, especially about 4:1.
- composition of a representative linagliptin containing film coat is provided as follows:
- the amount of L-arginine may be in the range from 0.5 mg to 10 mg-12.5 mg, or up to about 20 mg-25 mg. With different dose and different arginine amount, the arginine amount may be substituted by hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC).
- HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol are mutually exclusive in above composition, i.e. if polyethylene glycol is present then propylene glycol is absent, or if propylene glycol is present then polyethylene glycol is absent.
- composition of a representative linagliptin containing film coat suspension further comprises water, e.g. from about 240 mg to about 1440 mg, especially in the range from 904 mg to 1440 mg.
- the total solids concentration of the suspension is from about 4% to about 12.5% w/w, especially from 4% to 6% w/w.
- Viscosity may be from about 10 mPas to 110 mPas (e.g. 46-56 mPas).
- the sum solids of the linagliptin coating suspension is from about 50 mg to about 120 mg.
- the sum solids is 60 mg of solid amount of the film coating suspension for 2.5 mg linagliptin, and 120 mg sum solid amount of the film coating suspension for 5 mg linagliptin. Therefore with the same formulation of linagliptin and double coating time (i.e. double amount of coating suspension) it is possible to prepare the higher dose range of linagliptin. Hence different dosage strengths can be achieved by altering coating (spraying) times.
- the second part in the present invention is a part (composition, particularly film coat) comprising 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene in immediate release form.
- the fixed-dose combination products of the present invention comprise—as second part—a film coat formulation of 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, said film coat formulation comprising 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, a film-coating agent (such as e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, e.g.
- Hypromellose 2910 Methocel E5, or Methocel E15
- a plasticizer such as e.g. polyethylene glycol, e.g. Macrogol 400, 6000 or 8000, or propylene glycol
- a glidant such as e.g. talc
- composition of a representative 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene containing film coat is provided as follows:
- the arginine amount may be substituted by hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC).
- HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol are mutually exclusive in above composition, i.e. if polyethylene glycol is present then propylene glycol is absent, or if propylene glycol is present then polyethylene glycol is absent.
- composition of a representative 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene containing film coat suspension further comprises water, e.g. from about 240 mg to about 1440 mg, especially in the range from 904 mg to 1440 mg.
- the total solids concentration of the suspension is from about 4% to about 12.5% w/w, especially from 4% to 6% w/w.
- the sum solids of the 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene coating suspension is from about 50 mg to about 120 mg.
- the sum solids is 60 mg of solid amount of the film coating suspension for 12.5 mg 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, and 120 mg sum solid amount of the film coating suspension for 25 mg 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene.
- L-Arginine is preferably necessary for the stabilization of linagliptin.
- a seal coat and/or a barrier coat may be used between the metformin XR core and the linagliptin-containing film coat.
- a seal and/or a barrier coat is present between the metformin XR core and the linagliptin-containing film coat (preferably further containing L-arginine). In another embodiment, the seal and/or barrier coat is absent between the metformin XR core and the linagliptin-containing film coat (preferably further containing L-arginine).
- the barrier coat may be from 0% to 20% w/w or from 1% to 20% w/w or from 3% to 7% w/w (e.g. 0%, 6%, 12% or 18%) per weight of the total linagliptin/metformin HCl containing composition.
- the barrier coat may have a weight in the range from 50 to 100 mg, for example 60-75 mg (such as for the formulation containing 2.5 mg/750 mg linagliptin/metformin HCl) or 75-95 mg (such as for the formulation containing 2.5 mg/1000 mg or 5 mg/1000 mg linagliptin/metformin HCl).
- a seal coat and/or a barrier coat is/are present between the metformin XR core and the linagliptin-containing film coat (preferably further containing L-arginine).
- a barrier coat is present between the metformin XR core and the linagliptin-containing film coat (preferably further containing L-arginine).
- the seal and/or barrier coating of metformin XR cores may be optional.
- a seal and/or barrier coat is present between the metformin XR core and the Compound “A” containing film coat.
- the seal and/or barrier coat is absent between the metformin XR core and the Compound “A” containing film coat.
- a seal coat and/or a barrier coat is/are present between the metformin XR core and the Compound “A” containing film coat.
- a film coat comprising a mixture of hydroxypropylcellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, or a mixture of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and polyethylene glycol (PEG); or a commercial film-coat such as Opadry®, Opadry II® or other Opadry IR film coat, which are formulated powder blends provided by Colorcon, may be used.
- Opadry II or PVA based API coating higher solid concentrations and shorter coating time durations are possible, therefore it works in a range of 10-30%, especially 20% solid concentration. This higher solid concentration, e.g. 20%, typically results in a shorter coating time, e.g. 2-5 hours.
- the film-coating agent may be one or more of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, methacrylic and/or acrylic polymer, or mixtures thereof (e.g. a mixture of one or more HPMC and polydextrose).
- HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615
- PVA polyvinyl alcohol
- the plasticizer may be one or more of polyethylene glycol (PEG, such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 and/or 8000), propylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate and/or triacetin, or mixtures thereof (e.g. a mixture of polyethylene glycol and triacetin).
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- the plasticizer may be one or more of polyethylene glycol (PEG, such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 and/or 8000), propylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate and/or triacetin, or mixtures thereof (e.g. a mixture of polyethylene glycol and triacetin).
- a API containing film coat according to this invention may comprise or consist essentially of
- the API preferably a stabilizer for stabilizing linagliptin (preferably L-arginine),
- one or more film-coating agents e.g. selected from hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, methacrylic and/or acrylic polymer, or a mixture thereof,
- plasticizers e.g. selected from polyethylene glycol (PEG, such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 and/or 8000), propylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate and/or triacetin, or a mixture thereof,
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- a glidant e.g. talc, magnesium stearate or fumed silica
- pigments e.g titanium dioxide
- colors e.g. based on iron oxides
- the API containing film coating layers according to this invention may comprise one or more of the following excipients:
- At least one film-coating agent such as e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, or Pharmacoat 615), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, or a methacrylic or acrylic polymer,
- HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 or 50 cP
- Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, or Pharmacoat 615 polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, or a methacrylic or acrylic polymer
- plasticizer such as e.g. polyethylene glycol (PEG, such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000), propylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate or triacetin,
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000 propylene glycol
- diethyl phthalate diethyl phthalate
- tributyl sebacate or triacetin
- At least one glidant or anti-adherent such as e.g. talc, magnesium stearate or fumed silica, and
- At least one pigment such as e.g. titanium dioxide, and/or colorant (such as e.g. based on an iron oxide).
- the hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) as film-coating agent is hypromellose having viscosity from about 3 centipoise to about 15 centipoise or up to 40-60 centipoise, measured as aqueous 2% solution at 20° C., e.g. 3, 5, 6, 15 or 50 cP, such as e.g.
- hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3 cP HPMC 2910-3
- hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 5 cP HPMC 2910-5
- hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 6 cP HPMC 2910-6
- hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 15 cP HPMC 2910-15
- hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 50 cP HPMC 2910-50
- Methocel E5 Methocel E15
- the polyethylene glycol (PEG) as plasticizer is macrogol having average molecular weight from about 400 to about 8000 daltons, e.g. 400, 1500, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000 D, such as e.g. Marcrogol 400, Marcrogol 6000 or Marcrogol 8000.
- the coating material for API coating is commercially available under the trade name Opadry®, Opadry II® or other Opadry® film coat.
- composition of a representative linagliptin containing film coat may be provided as follows:
- an API (linagliptin) containing film coat according to this invention may comprise or consist essentially of
- an immediate release API coating of this invention comprises or consist essentially of:
- polyethylene glycol e.g. polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000 and/or 8000, e.g. 8-25% w/w, preferably 10-20% w/w, such as 16.8 or 14.3% w/w
- polyethylene glycol e.g. polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000 and/or 8000, e.g. 8-25% w/w, preferably 10-20% w/w, such as 16.8 or 14.3% w/w
- linagliptin as API, e.g. 1-10% w/w, preferably 2-7% w/w, such as 3.5 or 6.0% w/w
- L-arginine (as stabilizer, e.g. the weight ratio L-arginine:linagliptin may be 1:1 to 5:1, preferably 2:1 to 4:1, especially 4:1; such as e.g. 4-40% w/w, preferably 10-30% w/w, such as 14 or 24% w/w),
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w
- talc e.g. 5-20% w/w, preferably 8-16% w/w, such as 12.5 or 10.7% w/w
- an immediate release API coating of this invention comprises:
- polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000 (e.g. 8-20% w/w, preferably 10-18 w/w, such as 14.0 or 11.9% w/w),
- linagliptin as API, e.g. 1-10% w/w, preferably 2-7% w/w, such as 3.5 or 6.0% w/w
- L-arginine (as stabilizer, e.g. the weight ratio L-arginine:linagliptin may be 1:1 to 5:1, preferably 2:1 to 4:1, especially 4:1; such as e.g. 4-40% w/w, preferably 10-30% w/w, such as 14 or 24% w/w),
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w
- polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000 (e.g. 0-5% w/w, preferably 2-4% w/w, such as 2.8 or 2.4% w/w), and
- talc e.g. 5-20% w/w, preferably 8-16% w/w, such as 12.5 or 10.7% w/w
- the content of linagliptin may be in the range from 1 to 10 mg, particularly 2.5 mg or 5.0 mg.
- API-containing film coat compositions comprising one or more of the following ingredients of Tables 1 or 2, or of Tables 3, 4a, 4b, 4c, or of Tables 5, 6a, 6b, 6c may be provided, e.g. as follows from Tables 1 or 2, or, from Tables 3, 4a, 4b, 4c, or from Tables 5, 6a, 6b, 6c:
- the film-coating agent used is highly viscous.
- the film-coating agent used is low viscous.
- hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and polyethylene glycol e.g. PEG 8000
- PEG 8000 polyethylene glycol
- PEG 8000 Purified water ** ** ** Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Solid content of 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 suspension (%) API coating Polyethylene glycol 15.6 14.5 14.0 11.9 (e.g. PEG 6000) Compound “A” as 7.8 14.5 17.5 29.8 API Hydroxypropyl 59.4 55.1 53.1 45.2 methylcellulose (e.g. 3 cP) (e.g. HPMC 2910/Hypromellose) Polyethylene glycol 3.1 2.9 2.8 2.4 (e.g. PEG 8000) Talc 14.1 13.0 12.6 10.7 Purified water ** ** ** ** ** Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Solid content of 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 suspension (%) ** Solvent is a volatile component, which does not remain in the final product
- the parts titanium dioxide, polydextrose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. 3 cP), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. 6 cP), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. 50 cP) and polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000) may be employed as a film coating system in the preparation of the barrier coating.
- hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and polyethylene glycol may be employed as a further film coating system in the preparation of the API coating.
- the barrier coat (solid content) has a weight in the range from 50 to 100 mg, for example 60-75 mg in the examples of Table 4a and 75-95 mg in the examples of Table 4b.
- an extended release core comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients;
- an immediate release coating comprising
- the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- an extended release core comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients;
- an immediate release coating comprising
- the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- an extended release core comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients;
- an immediate release coating comprising
- the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- an extended release core comprising
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as Methocel E5
- polyethylene oxide e.g. high molecular weight, e.g. about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303 NF TG LEO
- metformin hydrochloride is in the range from 500 to 1000 mg, for example 500, 750 or 1000 mg,
- a barrier coating e.g. comprising polydextrose, hydroxypropylmethylcelluloses (e.g. 3 to 50 cP) and polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000) and wherein the barrier coating has a weight for example in the range from 50 to 100 mg; and
- the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- Example formulations for extended release core comprising metformin hydrochloride, barrier coating and API-coating of linagliptin Component mg/tablet Extended release core Metformin hydrochloride (Metformin HCl) 750 Polyethylene Oxide 355.2 (e.g. high molecular weight, e.g. about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303) Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Hypromellose) 25.5 (e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as HPMC 2910-5 (Methocel E5)) Magnesium Stearate 11.3 Barrier coat: Film Forming System: 68.2 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g.
- HPMCs of 3 cP, 6 cP and 50 cP such as HPMC 2910-3 (e.g. 19.46% w/w), HPMC 2910-6 (e.g. 16.68% w/w) and HPMC 2910-50 (e.g. 2.79% w/w)), Polydextrose (e.g. 25.94% w/w), Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 2.70% w/w), Titanium dioxide (e.g. 32.43% w/w), Purified water * Active (API) coat: Linagliptin (as API) 2.5 Film Forming System: 40.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g.
- HPMC of 3 cP such as HPMC 2910-3, e.g. 95% w/w) Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 5% w/w) L-Arginine 10.0 Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 6000) 10.0 Talc 9.0 Purified water * * Processing agent water used in manufacturing and removed by drying
- Example formulations for extended release core comprising metformin hydrochloride, barrier coating and API-coating of linagliptin Component mg/tablet Extended release core Metformin hydrochloride (Metformin HCl) 1000 Polyethylene Oxide 370 (e.g. high molecular weight, e.g. about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303) Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Hypromellose) 34.0 (e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as HPMC 2910-5 (Methocel E5))
- Metformin hydrochloride Metal Oxide 370
- Hypromellose Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- Barrier coat Film Forming System: 85.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g.
- HPMCs of 3 cP, 6 cP and 50 cP such as HPMC 2910-3 (e.g. 19.46% w/w), HPMC 2910-6 (e.g. 16.68% w/w) and HPMC 2910-50 (e.g. 2.79% w/w)), Polydextrose (e.g. 25.94% w/w), Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 2.70% w/w), Titanium dioxide (e.g. 32.43% w/w), Purified water * Active (API) coat: Linagliptin (as API) 2.5 Film Forming System: 40.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g.
- HPMC of 3 cP such as HPMC 2910-3, e.g. 95% w/w) Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 5% w/w) L-Arginine 10.0 Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 6000) 10.0 Talc 9.0 Purified water * * Processing agent water used in manufacturing and removed by drying
- Example formulations for extended release core comprising metformin hydrochloride, barrier coating and API-coating of linagliptin Component mg/tablet Extended release core Metformin hydrochloride (Metformin HCl) 1000 Polyethylene Oxide 370 (e.g. high molecular weight, e.g. about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303) Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Hypromellose) 34.0 (e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as HPMC 2910-5 (Methocel E5))
- Metformin hydrochloride Metal Oxide 370
- Hypromellose Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- Barrier coat Film Forming System: 85.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g.
- HPMCs of 3 cP, 6 cP and 50 cP such as HPMC 2910-3 (e.g. 19.46% w/w), HPMC 2910-6 (e.g. 16.68% w/w) and HPMC 2910-50 (e.g. 2.79% w/w)), Polydextrose (e.g. 25.94% w/w), Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 2.70% w/w), Titanium dioxide (e.g. 32.43% w/w), Purified water * Active (API) coat: Linagliptin (as API) 5.0 Film Forming System: 40.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g.
- HPMC of 3 cP such as HPMC 2910-3, e.g. 95% w/w) Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 5% w/w) L-Arginine 20.0 Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 6000) 10.0 Talc 9.0 Purified water * * Processing agent water used in manufacturing and removed by drying
- the parts titanium dioxide, polydextrose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. 3 cP), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. 6 cP), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. 50 cP), polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000) may be employed together (such as e.g. as a film coating system) or separately in the preparation of the barrier coating.
- the parts hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. 3 cP) and polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000) may be employed together (such as e.g. as a film coating system) or separately in the preparation of the API coating.
- the barrier coat (solid content) may have a weight in the range from 50 to 100 mg, for example 60-75 mg in the examples of Table 6a and 75-95 mg in the examples of Table 6b or 6c.
- an extended release core comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients;
- an immediate release coating comprising polyethylene glycol (e.g. polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000 and/or 8000, e.g. 8-25% w/w, preferably 10-20% w/w, such as 16.8 or 14.3% w/w),
- API coating comprising polyethylene glycol (e.g. polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000 and/or 8000, e.g. 8-25% w/w, preferably 10-20% w/w, such as 16.8 or 14.3% w/w)
- linagliptin as API, e.g. 1-10% w/w, preferably 2-7% w/w, such as 3.5 or 6.0% w/w
- L-arginine (as stabilizer, e.g. the weight ratio L-arginine:linagliptin may be 1:1 to 5:1, preferably 2:1 to 4:1, especially 4:1; such as e.g. 4-40% w/w, preferably 10-30% w/w, such as 14 or 24% w/w),
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w
- talc e.g. 5-20% w/w, preferably 8-16% w/w, such as 12.5 or 10.7% w/w
- the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- an extended release core comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients;
- an immediate release coating comprising
- polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000 (e.g. 8-20% w/w, preferably 10-18 w/w, such as 14.0 or 11.9% w/w),
- linagliptin as API, e.g. 1-10% w/w, preferably 2-7% w/w, such as 3.5 or 6.0% w/w
- L-arginine (as stabilizer, e.g. the weight ratio L-arginine:linagliptin may be 1:1 to 5:1, preferably 2:1 to 4:1, especially 4:1; such as e.g. 4-40% w/w, preferably 10-30% w/w, such as 14 or 24% w/w), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w), polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000 (e.g.
- % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating.
- the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- an extended release core comprising or consisting essentially of metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients;
- an immediate release coating comprising or consisting essentially of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000 (e.g. 8-20% w/w, preferably 10-18% w/w, such as 14.0 or 11.9% w/w),
- linagliptin as API, e.g. 1-10% w/w, preferably 2-7% w/w, such as 3.5 or 6.0% w/w
- L-arginine e.g. the weight ratio L-arginine:linagliptin may be 1:1 to 5:1, preferably 2:1 to 4:1, especially 4:1; such as e.g. 4-40% w/w, preferably 10-30% w/w, such as 14 or 24% w/w),
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w
- polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000 (e.g. 0-5% w/w, preferably 2-4% w/w, such as 2.8 or 2.4% w/w),
- talc e.g. 5-20% w/w, preferably 8-16% w/w, such as 12.5 or 10.7% w/w
- the content of linagliptin is in the range from 1 to 10 mg, particularly 2.5 mg or 5.0 mg.
- the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- an extended release core comprising
- metformin particularly metformin hydrochloride
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as Methocel E5, e.g. 2-3% w/w
- Methocel E5 e.g. 2-3% w/w
- polyethylene oxide e.g. high molecular weight, e.g. about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303, e.g. 23-35% w/w
- WSR-303 e.g. 23-35% w/w
- magnesium stearate e.g. 0.5-2% w/w
- metformin hydrochloride is in the range from 500 to 1000 mg, for example 500, 750 or 1000 mg;
- a barrier coating e.g. comprising polydextrose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses (e.g. 3 to 50 cP, such as HPMC 2010-3, HPMC 2910-6 and HPMC 2910-50), titanium dioxide and polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000), and wherein the barrier coating has a weight for example in the range from 50 to 100 mg (such e.g. 68 mg or 85 mg);
- polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000 (e.g. 8-20% w/w, preferably 10-18 w/w, such as 14.0 or 11.9% w/w),
- linagliptin e.g. 1-10 w/w, preferably 2-7% w/w, such as 3.5 or 6.0% w/w
- L-arginine e.g. the weight ratio L-arginine:linagliptin may be 1:1 to 5:1, preferably 2:1 to 4:1, especially 4:1; such as e.g. 4-40% w/w, preferably 10-30% w/w, such as 14 or 24% w/w),
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w
- polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000 (e.g. 0-5% w/w, preferably 2-4% w/w, such as 2.8 or 2.4% w/w),
- talc e.g. 5-20% w/w, preferably 8-16% w/w, such as 12.5 or 10.7% w/w
- the content of linagliptin is in the range from 1 to 10 mg, particularly 2.5 mg or 5.0 mg.
- the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- Film coating suspensions/solutions of API (linagliptin or Compound “A”) according to this invention can be prepared by common methods, such as follows:
- the film-coating agent hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC), the plasticizer polyethylene glycol (PEG) (e.g. Macrogol 400, 6000 or 8000) or, as alternative plasticizer, propylene glycol (PG) and water are dissolved and mixed by a suitable mixer (e.g. by propeller mixer) to produce the API-free coating solution.
- a suitable mixer e.g. by propeller mixer
- the glidant talc suspended in water is added and the obtained suspension is homogenized. Talc may be used optionally.
- the API (linagliptin or Compound “A”) and—preferably in case of linagliptin—the stabilizer L-arginine are dissolved or suspended in water and added to the aqueous solution of HPMC, PEG or PG, and, optional talc, and dispersed by a suitable mixer (e.g. by propeller mixer) to provide the API coating suspension.
- a suitable mixer e.g. by propeller mixer
- the film-coating agent hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) and water are dissolved and mixed by a suitable mixer (e.g. by Ultraturrax).
- the stabilizer L-arginine (which is present in case of linagliptin, and may be absent in case of Compound “A”), the plasticizer polyethylene glycol (PEG) (e.g. Macrogol 400, 6000 or 8000) or propylene glycol (PG), optional talc, and water are dispersed, e.g. by homogenization using e.g. ultra turrax.
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- PG propylene glycol
- the aqueous suspension of PEG or PG, optional L-arginine and optional talc are added to the aqueous HPMC solution and mixed/homogenized.
- the API (linagliptin or Compound “A”) is dissolved or suspended in water and added to the aqueous solution of HPMC, PEG or PG, optional L-arginine and optional talc to provide the API coating suspension.
- the film-coating operation is carried out in a conventional film coater.
- the film coating suspension and/or API (linagliptin or Compound “A”) coating suspension/solution are coated at (optionally seal and/or barrier coated) metformin XR cores via coating process.
- Preliminary preheating of the cores may be necessary, due to need of equilibrium of water amount of the cores.
- the spray rate and air flow through the coating pan is adjusted to produce a uniform coating and coverage of the entire width of the tablet bed.
- the amount of the coating suspension applied can be controlled by percent weight gain of tablet cores and typically ranges from about 4 to about 12.5%.
- this range results in linagliptin drug assay close to the desired 2.5 mg or 5 mg with a standard deviation of about 2-4% for content uniformity assay of linagliptin.
- the duration of the coating step is about 4-10 hours. The duration of the coating step depends on batch size, process parameters like spray rate and solid concentrations of the coating suspension.
- this range results in Compound “A” drug assay close to the desired 5 mg, 12.5 mg, 10 mg or 25 mg with a standard deviation of about 2-4% for content uniformity assay of Compound “A”.
- the duration of the coating step is about 4-10 hours. The duration of the coating step depends on batch size, process parameters like spray rate and solid concentrations of the coating suspension.
- the API coating suspension is applied to the (optionally seal and/or barrier coated) tablet cores containing the metformin XR formulation and the amount of solids deposited in the API film layer is controlled to achieve the desired API doses.
- the weight of the cores and film coated tablets may be controlled by percent weight gain during the coating process.
- a PAT method e.g. online NIR or Raman method for end point detection of assay of API may be used.
- An optional seal and/or barrier coat may separate the metformin XR core from the API-containing film coat.
- a coating suspension is prepared and the tablet cores may be coated with the seal coating suspension and/or with the barrier coating suspension using standard film coater.
- a typical seal and/or barrier film-coat comprises a film coating agent, a plasticizer, and, optionally, a glidant, one or more pigments and/or colors.
- the metformin XR core may be seal and/or barrier coated using a seal coating agent (and a plasticizer) and/or a barrier coating agent (and a plasticizer), such as with a mixture of hydroxypropylcellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, a mixture of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and polyethylene glycol (PEG), a mixture of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and either polyethylene glycol (PEG) or propylene glycol (PG), or any other suitable immediate-release film-coating agent(s).
- a commercial film-coat is Opadry®, Opadry II® or other Opardy IR film coat, which are formulated powder blend provided by Colorcon.
- the seal coat may further comprise a glidant.
- the barrier coat may further comprise a glidant
- a seal or barrier coat according to this invention may comprise or consist essentially of
- a film-coating agent which is hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. Methocel E5, or Pharmacoat 606),
- a glidant which is talc
- a seal or barrier coat according to this invention may comprise or consist essentially of
- one or more film-coating agents selected from hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 5 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 6 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 15 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615), polydextrose, or mixtures thereof,
- HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 5 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 6 cP, hyprome
- a plasticizer selected from polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000), and
- pigments e.g. titanium dioxide
- colors optionally one or more pigments (e.g. titanium dioxide) and/or colors.
- a seal or barrier coat according to this invention may comprise or consist essentially of
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose HPMC, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 6 cP, and hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 50 cP
- a plasticizer which is polyethylene glycol 8000
- pigments e.g. titanium dioxide
- a barrier coating of this invention comprises polydextrose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses (e.g. 3 to 50 cP, such as HPMC 2010-3, HPMC 2910-6 and HPMC 2910-50), titanium dioxide and polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000), and wherein the barrier coating may have a weight for example in the range from 50 to 100 mg (such e.g. 68 mg or 85 mg).
- the final pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are tablets. Such tablets may be further film-coated with a color and/or final film over-coat, such as with a mixture of hydroxypropylcellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose containing titanium dioxide and/or other coloring agents, such as iron oxides, dyes, and lakes; a mixture of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and polyethylene glycol (PEG) containing titanium dioxide and/or other coloring agents, such as iron oxides, dyes, and lakes; a mixture of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and either polyethylene glycol (PEG) or propylene glycol (PG) containing titanium dioxide and/or other coloring agents, such as iron oxides, dyes, and lakes; or any other suitable immediate-release film-coating agent(s).
- the coat may provide taste masking and additional stability to the final tablet.
- a commercial film-coat is Opadry®, Opadry II® or other Opardy IR film coat, which are formulated powder blend provided by Colorcon.
- a coating suspension is prepared and the tablet cores are coated with the coating suspension, typically for the API-free film over-coat to a weight gain of about 2-4%, preferably about 3%, using standard film coater.
- the film coating solvent is a volatile component, which does not remain in the final product.
- a typical film-coat comprise a film coating agent, a plasticizer, and, optionally, a glidant, one or more pigments and/or colors.
- the film coat may comprise hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol, talc and, optionally, titanium dioxide and/or iron oxide (e.g. iron oxide yellow and/or red).
- the film-coating agent may be one or more of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, methacrylic and/or acrylic polymer, or mixtures thereof (e.g. a mixture of one or more HPMC and polydextrose).
- HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615
- PVA polyvinyl alcohol
- the film-coating agent may be one or more hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615).
- HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- the film-coating agent may be polyvinyl alcohol (PVA).
- the film-coating agent may be a mixture of one or more hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615) and polydextrose.
- HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615) and polydextrose.
- the plasticizer may be one or more of polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 and/or 8000), propylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate and/or triacetin, or mixtures thereof (e.g. a mixture of polyethylene glycol and triacetin).
- polyethylene glycol such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 and/or 8000
- propylene glycol diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate and/or triacetin, or mixtures thereof (e.g. a mixture of polyethylene glycol and triacetin).
- the plasticizer may be one or more polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 and/or 8000).
- the plasticizer may be triacetin.
- the glidant may be one or more of talc, magnesium stearate and/or fumed silica, or mixtures thereof.
- the glidant may be talc.
- the film-coating agent may be hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615), and the plasticizer may be polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000).
- HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP
- the plasticizer may be polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000).
- the film-coating agent may be hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615), and the plasticizer may be triacetin.
- HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615
- the plasticizer may be triacetin.
- the film-coating agent may be a mixture of one or more hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615) and polydextrose, and the plasticizer may be polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000).
- HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- the film-coating agent may be polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), and the plasticizer may be polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000).
- PVA polyvinyl alcohol
- the plasticizer may be polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000).
- the film-coating agent may be polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), and the plasticizer may be triacetin.
- PVA polyvinyl alcohol
- the plasticizer may be triacetin.
- a film coat according to this invention may comprise or consist essentially of one or more film-coating agents, e.g. selected from hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, methacrylic and/or acrylic polymer, or a mixture thereof, optionally one or more plasticizers, e.g.
- film-coating agents e.g. selected from hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat
- polyethylene glycol such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 and/or 8000
- propylene glycol such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 and/or 8000
- diethyl phthalate such as tributyl sebacate
- triacetin such as triacetin
- a glidant e.g. talc, magnesium stearate or fumed silica
- pigments e.g titanium dioxide
- colors e.g. based on iron oxides
- the film coating layers according to this invention may comprise one or more of the following:
- At least one film-coating agent such as e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, or Pharmacoat 615), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, or a methacrylic or acrylic polymer,
- HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 or 50 cP
- Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, or Pharmacoat 615 polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, or a methacrylic or acrylic polymer
- At least one plasticizer such as e.g. polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000), propylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate or triacetin, at least one glidant or anti-adherent, such as e.g. talc, magnesium stearate or fumed silica, and
- plasticizer such as e.g. polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000), propylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate or triacetin, at least one glidant or anti-adherent, such as e.g. talc, magnesium stearate or fumed silica, and
- At least one pigment such as e.g. titanium dioxide, and/or colorant (such as e.g. based on an iron oxide).
- the hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) as film-coating agent is hypromellose having viscosity from about 3 centipoise to about 15 centipoise or up to 40-60 centipoise, measured as aqueous 2% solution at 20° C., e.g. 3, 5, 6, 15 or 50 cP, such as e.g.
- hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3 cP
- hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 5 cP
- hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 6 cP
- hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 15 cP
- hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, or Pharmacoat 615.
- the polyethylene glycol (PEG) as plasticizer is macrogol having average molecular weight from about 400 to about 8000 daltons, e.g. 400, 1500, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000 D, such as e.g. Marcrogol 400, Marcrogol 6000 or Marcrogol 8000.
- the coating material is commercially available under the trade name Opadry®, Opadry II® or other Opadry® film coat.
- the pharmaceutical tablet compositions of the present invention may also contain one or more additional formulation ingredients selected from a wide variety of excipients known in the pharmaceutical formulation art. According to the desired properties of the pharmaceutical composition, any number of ingredients may be selected, alone or in combination, based upon their known uses in preparing tablet compositions. Such ingredients include, but are not limited to, diluents, compression aids, glidants, disintegrants, lubricants, flavors, flavor enhancers, sweeteners, and preservatives.
- tablette as used herein is intended to encompass compressed pharmaceutical dosage formulations of all shapes and sizes.
- compositions may be packaged in a variety of ways.
- an article for distribution includes a container that contains the pharmaceutical composition in an appropriate form. Tablets are typically packed in an appropriate primary package for easy handling, distribution and storage and for assurance of proper stability of the composition at prolonged contact with the environment during storage.
- Primary containers for tablets may be bottles or blister packs, optionally with desiccant.
- a suitable bottle may be made from glass or polymer (preferably polypropylene (PP) or high density polyethylene (HD-PE)) and sealed with a screw cap.
- the screw cap may be provided with a child resistant safety closure (e.g. press-and-twist closure) for preventing or hampering access to the contents by children.
- a child resistant safety closure e.g. press-and-twist closure
- a desiccant such as e.g. bentonite clay, molecular sieves, or, preferably, silica gel
- the shelf life of the packaged composition can be prolonged.
- a suitable blister pack comprises or is formed of a top foil (which is breachable by the tablets) and a bottom part (which contains pockets for the tablets).
- the top foil may contain a metalic foil, particularly an aluminium or aluminium alloy foil (e.g. having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m to 45 ⁇ m, preferably 20 ⁇ m to 25 ⁇ m) that is coated with a heat-sealing polymer layer on its inner side (sealing side).
- the bottom part may contain a multi-layer polymer foil (such as e.g.
- PVDC poly(vinyl choride) coated with poly(vinylidene choride)
- PCTFE poly(chlorotriflouroethylene)
- multi-layer polymer-metal-polymer foil such as e.g. a cold-formable laminated PVC/aluminium/polyamide composition
- an additional overwrap or pouch made of a multi-layer polymer-metal-polymer foil may be used for the blister packs.
- Supplementary desiccant such as e.g. bentonite clay, molecular sieves, or, preferably, silica gel
- this pouch package may prolong the shelf life even more under such harsh conditions.
- the article may further comprise a label or package insert, which refer to instructions customarily included in commercial packages of therapeutic products, that may contain information about the indications, usage, dosage, administration, contraindications and/or warnings concerning the use of such therapeutic products.
- the label or package inserts indicates that the composition can be used for any of the purposes described herein.
- the present invention also provides methods particularly for treating Type 2 diabetes by orally administering to a host in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of one of the fixed-dose combination pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
- the host in need of such treatment is a human.
- the pharmaceutical composition is in the dosage form of a tablet.
- the pharmaceutical compositions comprising the fixed-dose combination may be administered once-daily (QD), twice-daily (BID), thrice-daily (TID), or four-times daily.
- compositions according to the present invention are provided as follows, for example:
- pharmaceutical dosage forms of this invention preferably containing metformin XR and linagliptin as API
- pharmaceutical dosage forms of this invention preferably have dissolution properties such that, for example, after 2 hours 31-54% by weight of the metformin HCl active ingredient is dissolved, and/or after 4 hours 51-74% by weight of the metformin HCl active ingredient is dissolved, and/or after 12 hours not less than 80% by weight of the metformin HCl active ingredient is dissolved.
- pharmaceutical dosage forms of this invention preferably containing metformin XR and linagliptin as API
- pharmaceutical dosage forms of this invention preferably have dissolution properties such that after 45 minutes at least 75%, or at least 80%, or at least 90% by weight of linagliptin is dissolved.
- after 30 minutes for linagliptin at least 70-80 (preferably not less than 75%) by weight of linagliptin is dissolved.
- the dissolution properties can be determined in standard dissolution tests, e.g. according to standard pharmacopeias (such as e.g. using paddle/basket method with agitation speed of 50 rpm or 100 rpm, pH1.0 (HCl/SGF), and HPLC (linagliptin) and UV (metformin) analysis of the samples).
- standard pharmacopeias such as e.g. using paddle/basket method with agitation speed of 50 rpm or 100 rpm, pH1.0 (HCl/SGF), and HPLC (linagliptin) and UV (metformin) analysis of the samples).
- the dissolution profiles of a linagliptin+metformin XR FDC of this invention are preferably similar (f2 ⁇ 50) or in the same range, using e.g. the innovator dissolution method (metformin: 100 rpm basket, linagliptin: 50 rpm basket; pH 1).
- linagliptin refers to linagliptin, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a hydrate or solvate thereof, or a polymorphic form thereof. Crystalline forms are described in WO 2007/128721. Preferred crystalline forms are the polymorphs A and B described therein. In particular, linagliptin is the free base 1-[(4-methyl-quinazolin-2-yl)methyl]-3-methyl-7-(2-butyn-1-yl)-8-(3-(R)-amino-piperidin-1-yl)-xanthine. As linagliptin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, linagliptin is preferred. Methods for the manufacture of linagliptin are described in the patent applications WO 2004/018468 and WO 2006/048427 for example. A therapeutic dose of linagliptin may be 5 mg per patient per day.
- the definition of the SGLT2 inhibitor in particular 1-chloro-4-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene (Compound “A”), also comprises its hydrates, solvates and polymorphic forms thereof, and prodrugs thereof.
- therapeutic effects can be achieved, which make it useful for treating and/or preventing certain diseases, disorders or conditions, such as e.g. those described herein.
- a treatment or prophylaxis according to this invention is advantageously suitable in those patients in need of such treatment or prophylaxis who are diagnosed of one or more of the conditions selected from the group consisting of overweight and obesity, in particular class I obesity, class II obesity, class III obesity, visceral obesity and abdominal obesity.
- a treatment or prophylaxis according to this invention is advantageously suitable in those patients in which a weight increase is contraindicated.
- the pharmaceutical composition as well as the methods according to the present invention allow a reduction of the HbA1c value to a desired target range, for example ⁇ 7% and preferably ⁇ 6.5%, for a higher number of patients and for a longer time of therapeutic treatment compared with a corresponding monotherapy.
- the pharmaceutical composition according to this invention and in particular the active ingredients therein exhibits a very good efficacy with regard to glycemic control, in particular in view of a reduction of fasting plasma glucose, postprandial plasma glucose and/or glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1c).
- HbA1c fasting plasma glucose, postprandial plasma glucose and/or glycosylated hemoglobin
- the present invention also discloses the use of the pharmaceutical composition for improving glycemic control in patients having type 2 diabetes or showing first signs of pre-diabetes.
- the invention also includes diabetes prevention. If therefore a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention is used to improve the glycemic control as soon as one of the above-mentioned signs of pre-diabetes is present, the onset of manifest type 2 diabetes mellitus can be delayed or prevented.
- the pharmaceutical composition according to this invention is particularly suitable in the treatment of patients with insulin dependency, i.e. in patients who are treated or otherwise would be treated or need treatment with an insulin or a derivative of insulin or a substitute of insulin or a formulation comprising an insulin or a derivative or substitute thereof.
- patients include patients with diabetes type 2 and patients with diabetes type 1.
- ITT impaired glucose tolerance
- IGF impaired fasting blood glucose
- a method for improving gycemic control in patients, in particular in adult patients, with type 2 diabetes mellitus as an adjunct to diet and exercise is provided.
- a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention is particularly suitable in the treatment of patients who are diagnosed having one or more of the following conditions
- composition according to this invention is particularly suitable in the treatment of patients who are diagnosed having one or more of the following conditions
- ITT impaired glucose tolerance
- IGF impaired fasting blood glucose
- metabolic syndrome suffer from an increased risk of developing a cardiovascular disease, such as for example myocardial infarction, coronary heart disease, heart insufficiency, thromboembolic events.
- a glycemic control according to this invention may result in a reduction of the cardiovascular risks.
- a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention exhibits a good safety profile. Therefore, a treatment or prophylaxis according to this invention is advantageously possible in those patients for which the mono-therapy with another antidiabetic drug is contraindicated and/or who have an intolerance against such drugs at therapeutic doses.
- a treatment or prophylaxis according to this invention may be advantageously possible in those patients showing or having an increased risk for one or more of the following disorders: renal insufficiency or diseases, cardiac diseases, cardiac failure, hepatic diseases, pulmonal diseases, catabolytic states and/or danger of lactate acidosis, or female patients being pregnant or during lactation.
- a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention results in no risk or in a low risk of hypoglycemia. Therefore, a treatment or prophylaxis according to this invention is also advantageously possible in those patients showing or having an increased risk for hypoglycemia.
- a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention is particularly suitable in the long term treatment or prophylaxis of the diseases and/or conditions as described hereinbefore and hereinafter, in particular in the long term glycemic control in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus.
- long term indicates a treatment of or administration in a patient within a period of time longer than 12 weeks, preferably longer than 25 weeks, even more preferably longer than 1 year.
- a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention provides a method for therapy, preferably oral therapy, for improvement, especially long term improvement, of glycemic control in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus, especially in patients with late stage type 2 diabetes mellitus, in particular in patients additionally diagnosed of overweight, obesity (including class I, class II and/or class III obesity), visceral obesity and/or abdominal obesity.
- a method for therapy preferably oral therapy, for improvement, especially long term improvement, of glycemic control in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus, especially in patients with late stage type 2 diabetes mellitus, in particular in patients additionally diagnosed of overweight, obesity (including class I, class II and/or class III obesity), visceral obesity and/or abdominal obesity.
- complications of diabetes mellitus such as cataracts and micro- and macrovascular diseases, such as dyslipidemia, nephropathy, retinopathy, neuropathy, tissue ischaemia, diabetic foot, arteriosclerosis, myocardial infarction, accute coronary syndrome, unstable angina pectoris, stable angina pectoris, stroke, peripheral arterial occlus
- tissue ischaemia particularly comprises diabetic macroangiopathy, diabetic microangiopathy, impaired wound healing and diabetic ulcer.
- micro- and macrovascular diseases and “micro- and macrovascular complications” are used interchangeably in this application.
- a method for preventing, slowing the progression of, delaying or treating a metabolic disorder selected from the group consisting of type 2 diabetes mellitus, impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), impaired fasting blood glucose (IFG), hyperglycemia, postprandial hyperglycemia, overweight, obesity, metabolic syndrome, gestational diabetes and diabetes related to cystic fibrosis in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- a method for improving glycemic control and/or for reducing of fasting plasma glucose, of postprandial plasma glucose and/or of glycosylated hemoglobin HbA1c in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- the pharmaceutical composition according to this invention may also have valuable disease-modifying properties with respect to diseases or conditions related to impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), impaired fasting blood glucose (IFG), insulin resistance and/or metabolic syndrome.
- ITT impaired glucose tolerance
- IGF impaired fasting blood glucose
- a method for preventing, slowing, delaying or reversing progression from impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), impaired fasting blood glucose (IFG), insulin resistance and/or from metabolic syndrome to type 2 diabetes mellitus in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention an improvement of the glycemic control in patients in need thereof is obtainable, also those conditions and/or diseases related to or caused by an increased blood glucose level may be treated.
- a method for reducing body weight and/or body fat or preventing an increase in body weight and/or body fat or facilitating a reduction in body weight and/or body fat in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- an abnormal accumulation of ectopic fat, in particular of the liver may be reduced or inhibited. Therefore, according to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method for preventing, slowing, delaying or treating diseases or conditions attributed to an abnormal accumulation of ectopic fat, in particular of the liver, in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- liver fat Diseases or conditions which are attributed to an abnormal accumulation of liver fat are particularly selected from the group consisting of general fatty liver, non-alcoholic fatty liver (NAFL), non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), hyperalimentation-induced fatty liver, diabetic fatty liver, alcoholic-induced fatty liver or toxic fatty liver.
- NAFL non-alcoholic fatty liver
- NASH non-alcoholic steatohepatitis
- hyperalimentation-induced fatty liver diabetic fatty liver
- alcoholic-induced fatty liver or toxic fatty liver.
- Another aspect of the invention provides a method for maintaining and/or improving the insulin sensitivity and/or for treating or preventing hyperinsulinemia and/or insulin resistance in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- a method for preventing, slowing progression of, delaying, or treating new onset diabetes after transplantation (NODAT) and/or post-transplant metabolic syndrome (PTMS) in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- NODAT new onset diabetes after transplantation
- PTMS post-transplant metabolic syndrome
- a method for preventing, delaying, or reducing NODAT and/or PTMS associated complications including micro- and macrovascular diseases and events, graft rejection, infection, and death in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- the pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is capable of facilitating the lowering of serum total urate levels in the patient. Therefore according to another aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for treating hyperuricemia and hyperuricemia-associated conditions, such as for example gout, hypertension and renal failure, in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- a pharmaceutical composition increases the urine excretion of glucose. This increase in osmotic excretion and water release and the lowering of urate levels are beneficial as a treatment or prevention for kidney stones. Therefore in a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for treating or preventing kidney stones in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- the invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention for use in a method as described hereinbefore and hereinafter.
- the invention also relates to a use of a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention for the manufacture of a medicament for use in a method as described hereinbefore and hereinafter.
- active ingredient of a pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention means the SGLT2 inhibitor, the DPP-4 inhibitor and/or metformin according to the present invention.
- body mass index or “BMI” of a human patient is defined as the weight in kilograms divided by the square of the height in meters, such that BMI has units of kg/m 2 .
- weight is defined as the condition wherein the individual has a BMI greater than or 25 kg/m 2 and less than 30 kg/m 2 .
- overweight and “pre-obese” are used interchangeably.
- the term “obesity” is defined as the condition wherein the individual has a BMI equal to or greater than 30 kg/m 2 .
- the term obesity may be categorized as follows: the term “class I obesity” is the condition wherein the BMI is equal to or greater than 30 kg/m 2 but lower than 35 kg/m 2 ; the term “class II obesity” is the condition wherein the BMI is equal to or greater than 35 kg/m 2 but lower than 40 kg/m 2 ; the term “class III obesity” is the condition wherein the BMI is equal to or greater than 40 kg/m 2 .
- visceral obesity is defined as the condition wherein a waist-to-hip ratio of greater than or equal to 1.0 in men and 0.8 in women is measured. It defines the risk for insulin resistance and the development of pre-diabetes.
- abdominal obesity is usually defined as the condition wherein the waist circumference is >40 inches or 102 cm in men, and is >35 inches or 94 cm in women. With regard to a Japanese ethnicity or Japanese patients abdominal obesity may be defined as waist circumference ⁇ 85 cm in men and ⁇ 90 cm in women (see e.g. investigating committee for the diagnosis of metabolic syndrome in Japan).
- euglycemia is defined as the condition in which a subject has a fasting blood glucose concentration within the normal range, greater than 70 mg/dL (3.89 mmol/L) and less than 100 mg/dL (5.6 mmol/L).
- fasting has the usual meaning as a medical term.
- hypoglycemia is defined as the condition in which a subject has a fasting blood glucose concentration above the normal range, greater than 100 mg/dL (5.6 mmol/L).
- fasting has the usual meaning as a medical term.
- hypoglycemia is defined as the condition in which a subject has a blood glucose concentration below the normal range, in particular below 70 mg/dL (3.89 mmol/L) or even below 60 mg/dl.
- postprandial hyperglycemia is defined as the condition in which a subject has a 2 hour postprandial blood glucose or serum glucose concentration greater than 200 mg/dL (11.1 mmol/L).
- IGF paired fasting blood glucose
- a subject with “normal fasting glucose” has a fasting glucose concentration smaller than 100 mg/dl, i.e. smaller than 5.6 mmol/l.
- ITT paired glucose tolerance
- the abnormal glucose tolerance i.e. the 2 hour postprandial blood glucose or serum glucose concentration can be measured as the blood sugar level in mg of glucose per dL of plasma 2 hours after taking 75 g of glucose after a fast.
- a subject with “normal glucose tolerance” has a 2 hour postprandial blood glucose or serum glucose concentration smaller than 140 mg/dl (7.8 mmol/L).
- hyperinsulinemia is defined as the condition in which a subject with insulin resistance, with or without euglycemia, has fasting or postprandial serum or plasma insulin concentration elevated above that of normal, lean individuals without insulin resistance, having a waist-to-hip ratio ⁇ 1.0 (for men) or ⁇ 0.8 (for women).
- Insulin-sensitizing As insulin-sensitizing, “insulin resistance-improving” or “insulin resistance-lowering” are synonymous and used interchangeably.
- insulin resistance is defined as a state in which circulating insulin levels in excess of the normal response to a glucose load are required to maintain the euglycemic state (Ford E S, et al. JAMA. (2002) 287:356-9).
- a method of determining insulin resistance is the euglycaemic-hyperinsulinaemic clamp test. The ratio of insulin to glucose is determined within the scope of a combined insulin-glucose infusion technique. There is found to be insulin resistance if the glucose absorption is below the 25th percentile of the background population investigated (WHO definition).
- insulin resistance the response of a patient with insulin resistance to therapy, insulin sensitivity and hyperinsulinemia may be quantified by assessing the “homeostasis model assessment to insulin resistance (HOMA-IR)” score, a reliable indicator of insulin resistance (Katsuki A, et al. Diabetes Care 2001; 24: 362-5). Further reference is made to methods for the determination of the HOMA-index for insulin sensitivity (Matthews et al., Diabetologia 1985, 28: 412-19), of the ratio of intact proinsulin to insulin (Forst et al., Diabetes 2003, 52(Supp1.1): A459) and to an euglycemic clamp study.
- HOMA-IR homeostasis model assessment to insulin resistance
- HOMA-IR score is calculated with the formula (Galvin P, et al. Diabet Med 1992; 9:921-8):
- HOMA-IR [fasting serum insulin ( ⁇ U/mL)] ⁇ [fasting plasma glucose(mmol/L)/22.5]
- the patient's triglyceride concentration is used, for example, as increased triglyceride levels correlate significantly with the presence of insulin resistance.
- Patients with a predisposition for the development of IGT or IFG or type 2 diabetes are those having euglycemia with hyperinsulinemia and are by definition, insulin resistant.
- a typical patient with insulin resistance is usually overweight or obese, but this is not always the case. If insulin resistance can be detected, this is a particularly strong indication of the presence of pre-diabetes. Thus, it may be that in order to maintain glucose homoeostasis a person have e.g. 2-3 times as high endogenous insulin production as a healthy person, without this resulting in any clinical symptoms.
- beta-cell function can be measured for example by determining a HOMA-index for beta-cell function (Matthews et al., Diabetologia 1985, 28: 412-19), the ratio of intact proinsulin to insulin (Forst et al., Diabetes 2003, 52(Supp1.1): A459), the insulin/C-peptide secretion after an oral glucose tolerance test or a meal tolerance test, or by employing a hyperglycemic clamp study and/or minimal modeling after a frequently sampled intravenous glucose tolerance test (Stumvoll et al., Eur J Clin Invest 2001, 31: 380-81).
- pre-diabetes is the condition wherein an individual is pre-disposed to the development of type 2 diabetes.
- Pre-diabetes extends the definition of impaired glucose tolerance to include individuals with a fasting blood glucose within the high normal range 100 mg/dL (J. B. Meigs, et al. Diabetes 2003; 52:1475-1484) and fasting hyperinsulinemia (elevated plasma insulin concentration).
- the scientific and medical basis for identifying pre-diabetes as a serious health threat is laid out in a Position Statement entitled “The Prevention or Delay of Type 2 Diabetes” issued jointly by the American Diabetes Association and the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases (Diabetes Care 2002; 25:742-749).
- insulin resistance is defined as the clinical condition in which an individual has a HOMA-IR score >4.0 or a HOMA-IR score above the upper limit of normal as defined for the laboratory performing the glucose and insulin assays.
- type 1 diabetes is defined as the condition in which a subject has, in the presence of autoimmunity towards the pancreatic beta-cell or insulin, a fasting blood glucose or serum glucose concentration greater than 125 mg/dL (6.94 mmol/L). If a glucose tolerance test is carried out, the blood sugar level of a diabetic will be in excess of 200 mg of glucose per dL (11.1 mmol/l) of plasma 2 hours after 75 g of glucose have been taken on an empty stomach, in the presence of autoimmunity towards the pancreatic beta cell or insulin. In a glucose tolerance test 75 g of glucose are administered orally to the patient being tested after 10-12 hours of fasting and the blood sugar level is recorded immediately before taking the glucose and 1 and 2 hours after taking it.
- the presence of autoimmunity towards the pancreatic beta-cell may be observed by detection of circulating islet cell autoantibodies [“type 1A diabetes mellitus”], i.e., at least one of: GAD65 [glutamic acid decarboxylase-65], ICA [islet-cell cytoplasm], IA-2 [intracytoplasmatic domain of the tyrosine phosphatase-like protein IA-2], ZnT8 [zinc-transporter-8] or anti-insulin; or other signs of autoimmunity without the presence of typical circulating autoantibodies [type 1B diabetes], i.e. as detected through pancreatic biopsy or imaging).
- a genetic predisposition is present (e.g. HLA, INS VNTR and PTPN22), but this is not always the case.
- type 2 diabetes is defined as the condition in which a subject has a fasting blood glucose or serum glucose concentration greater than 125 mg/dL (6.94 mmol/L).
- the measurement of blood glucose values is a standard procedure in routine medical analysis. If a glucose tolerance test is carried out, the blood sugar level of a diabetic will be in excess of 200 mg of glucose per dL (11.1 mmol/l) of plasma 2 hours after 75 g of glucose have been taken on an empty stomach. In a glucose tolerance test 75 g of glucose are administered orally to the patient being tested after 10-12 hours of fasting and the blood sugar level is recorded immediately before taking the glucose and 1 and 2 hours after taking it.
- the blood sugar level before taking the glucose will be between 60 and 110 mg per dL of plasma, less than 200 mg per dL 1 hour after taking the glucose and less than 140 mg per dL after 2 hours. If after 2 hours the value is between 140 and 200 mg, this is regarded as abnormal glucose tolerance.
- late stage type 2 diabetes mellitus includes patients with a secondary drug failure, indication for insulin therapy and progression to micro- and macrovascular complications e.g. diabetic nephropathy, or coronary heart disease (CHD).
- CHD coronary heart disease
- HbA1c refers to the product of a non-enzymatic glycation of the haemoglobin B chain. Its determination is well known to one skilled in the art. In monitoring the treatment of diabetes mellitus the HbA1c value is of exceptional importance. As its production depends essentially on the blood sugar level and the life of the erythrocytes, the HbA1c in the sense of a “blood sugar memory” reflects the average blood sugar levels of the preceding 4-6 weeks. Diabetic patients whose HbA1c value is consistently well adjusted by intensive diabetes treatment (i.e. ⁇ 6.5% of the total haemoglobin in the sample), are significantly better protected against diabetic microangiopathy.
- metformin on its own achieves an average improvement in the HbA1c value in the diabetic of the order of 1.0-1.5%.
- This reduction of the HbA1C value is not sufficient in all diabetics to achieve the desired target range of ⁇ 6.5% and preferably ⁇ 6% HbA1c.
- insufficient glycemic control” or “inadequate glycemic control” in the scope of the present invention means a condition wherein patients show HbA1c values above 6.5%, in particular above 7.0%, even more preferably above 7.5%, especially above 8%.
- the “metabolic syndrome”, also called “syndrome X” (when used in the context of a metabolic disorder), also called the “dysmetabolic syndrome” is a syndrome complex with the cardinal feature being insulin resistance (Laaksonen D E, et al. Am J Epidemiol 2002; 156:1070-7).
- diagnosis of the metabolic syndrome is made when three or more of the following risk factors are present:
- Triglycerides and HDL cholesterol in the blood can also be determined by standard methods in medical analysis and are described for example in Thomas L (Editor): “Labor and Diagnose”, TH-Books Verlagsgesellschaft mbH, Frankfurt/Main, 2000.
- hypertension is diagnosed if the systolic blood pressure (SBP) exceeds a value of 140 mm Hg and diastolic blood pressure (DBP) exceeds a value of 90 mm Hg. If a patient is suffering from manifest diabetes it is currently recommended that the systolic blood pressure be reduced to a level below 130 mm Hg and the diastolic blood pressure be lowered to below 80 mm Hg.
- SBP systolic blood pressure
- DBP diastolic blood pressure
- NODAT new onset diabetes after transplantation
- PTMS post-transplant metabolic syndrome
- IDF International Diabetes Federation
- PTMS post-transplant metabolic syndrome
- NODAT and/or PTMS are associated with an increased risk of micro- and macrovascular disease and events, graft rejection, infection, and death.
- a number of predictors have been identified as potential risk factors related to NODAT and/or PTMS including a higher age at transplant, male gender, the pre-transplant body mass index, pre-transplant diabetes, and immunosuppression.
- gestational diabetes denotes a form of the diabetes which develops during pregnancy and usually ceases again immediately after the birth.
- Gestational diabetes is diagnosed by a screening test which is carried out between the 24th and 28th weeks of pregnancy. It is usually a simple test in which the blood sugar level is measured one hour after the administration of 50 g of glucose solution. If this 1 h level is above 140 mg/dl, gestational diabetes is suspected. Final confirmation may be obtained by a standard glucose tolerance test, for example with 75 g of glucose.
- hyperuricemia denotes a condition of high serum total urate levels.
- uric acid concentrations between 3.6 mg/dL (ca. 214 ⁇ mol/L) and 8.3 mg/dL (ca. 494 ⁇ mol/L) are considered normal by the American Medical Association.
- High serum total urate levels, or hyperuricemia are often associated with several maladies. For example, high serum total urate levels can lead to a type of arthritis in the joints known as gout. Gout is a condition created by a build up of monosodium urate or uric acid crystals on the articular cartilage of joints, tendons and surrounding tissues due to elevated concentrations of total urate levels in the blood stream.
- uric acid The build up of urate or uric acid on these tissues provokes an inflammatory reaction of these tissues. Saturation levels of uric acid in urine may result in kidney stone formation when the uric acid or urate crystallizes in the kidney. Additionally, high serum total urate levels are often associated with the so-called metabolic syndrome, including cardiovascular disease and hypertension.
- treatment and “treating” comprise therapeutic treatment of patients having already developed said condition, in particular in manifest form.
- Therapeutic treatment may be symptomatic treatment in order to relieve the symptoms of the specific indication or causal treatment in order to reverse or partially reverse the conditions of the indication or to stop or slow down progression of the disease.
- compositions and methods of the present invention may be used for instance as therapeutic treatment over a period of time as well as for chronic therapy.
- prophylactically treating “preventivally treating” and “preventing” are used interchangeably and comprise a treatment of patients at risk to develop a condition mentioned hereinbefore, thus reducing said risk.
- Linagliptin/Metformin HCl extended-release fixed-dose-combination tablets are film-coated tablets manufactured using typical processes and equipment for wet-granulation, tableting and film-coating.
- the core tablet contains metformin HCl for extended-release and may be based on an expandable polymeric swelling formulation that increases gastric retention and extends drug release from the matrix.
- This metformin HCl core tablet may be film-coated (spray-coated) with up to four layers (e.g. barrier coat layer, immediate-release active coat layer, color coat layer, final coat layer), one of which (active coat layer) contains the active pharmaceutical ingredient linagliptin to add the immediate-release active component.
- Purified water is charged into a stainless steel mixing vessel equipped with a suitable mixer. While mixing at a speed that ensures vortex formation, the Film Forming System is added and mixed for at least 20 minutes. Mixing of the coating solution is continued throughout the coating operation.
- An appropriate quantity of metformin HCl extended release cores are charged to the coating pan of the perforated coating system equipped with a peristaltic pump and two spray nozzles. After the cores are preheated, pan rotation and spraying of the coating suspension begin. A fixed amount of the barrier coating suspension, which incorporates approximately 15% excess to account for losses during spraying, is applied to the cores.
- the cores are coated to obtain a weight gain of 6%; to account for losses during spraying, an amount of coating solution equivalent to approximately 6.9% weight gain is used for spraying.
- the cores are dried (target pan speed 3 rpm, target inlet air temperature 55° C.) for 15 minutes.
- the barrier-coated cores are then allowed to cool (product temperature not more than 35° C.).
- Purified water is charged into a stainless steel mixing vessel equipped with a suitable mixer. While mixing at a speed that ensures vortex formation, each component polyethylene glycol (PEG 6000), L-arginine, linagliptin, talc and the Film Forming System (HPMC 2910-3 and PEG 8000) is added. The coating suspension is mixed for at least 20 minutes or until the last component added is homogenized. An appropriate quantity of barrier-coated tablet cores are charged to the coating pan of the perforated coating system equipped with a peristaltic pump and two spray nozzles. After the cores are preheated, pan rotation and spraying of the coating suspension begin. A fixed amount of the active coating suspension, which incorporates approximately 10% excess to account for losses during spraying, is applied.
- PEG 6000 polyethylene glycol
- L-arginine L-arginine
- linagliptin linagliptin
- talc the Film Forming System
- HPMC 2910-3 and PEG 8000 Film Forming System
- the cores are coated to obtain a weight gain of 4.7%; to account for losses during spraying, an amount of coating solution equivalent to approximately 5.4% weight gain is used for spraying.
- the cores are dried (target pan speed 3 rpm, target inlet air temperature 55° C.) for 15 minutes.
- the active-coated cores are then allowed to cool (product temperature not more than 35° C.).
- compositions can be obtained.
- HPMCs of 3 cP, 6 cP and 50 cP such as HPMC 2910-3 (e.g. 19.46% w/w), HPMC 2910-6 (e.g. 16.68% w/w) and HPMC 2910-50 (e.g. 2.79% w/w)), Polydextrose (e.g. 25.94% w/w), Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 2.70% w/w), Titanium dioxide (e.g. 32.43% w/w), Purified water * Active (API) coat: Linagliptin (as API) 2.5 Film Forming System: 40.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g.
- HPMC of 3 cP such as HPMC 2910-3, e.g. 95% w/w) Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 5% w/w) L-Arginine 10.0 Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 6000) 10.0 Talc 9.0 Purified water * * Processing agent water used in manufacturing and removed by drying
- HPMCs of 3 cP, 6 cP and 50 cP such as HPMC 2910-3 (e.g. 19.46% w/w), HPMC 2910-6 (e.g. 16.68% w/w) and HPMC 2910-50 (e.g. 2.79% w/w)), Polydextrose (e.g. 25.94% w/w), Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 2.70% w/w), Titanium dioxide (e.g. 32.43% w/w), Purified water * Active (API) coat: Linagliptin (as API) 2.5 Film Forming System: 40.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g.
- HPMC of 3 cP such as HPMC 2910-3, e.g. 95% w/w) Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 5% w/w) L-Arginine 10.0 Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 6000) 10.0 Talc 9.0 Purified water * * Processing agent water used in manufacturing and removed by drying
- HPMCs of 3 cP, 6 cP and 50 cP such as HPMC 2910-3 (e.g. 19.46% w/w), HPMC 2910-6 (e.g. 16.68% w/w) and HPMC 2910-50 (e.g. 2.79% w/w)), Polydextrose (e.g. 25.94% w/w), Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 2.70% w/w), Titanium dioxide (e.g. 32.43% w/w), Purified water * Active (API) coat: Linagliptin (as API) 5.0 Film Forming System: 40.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g.
- HPMC of 3 cP such as HPMC 2910-3, e.g. 95% w/w) Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 5% w/w) L-Arginine 20.0 Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 6000) 10.0 Talc 9.0 Purified water * * Processing agent water used in manufacturing and removed by drying
- the above compositions may be further coated by a color coat layer and/or a clear final coat.
- the color coat and the final coat may represent 1-4% w/w (preferably 1-2% w/w) of the total composition and each comprise one or more film-forming agents, one or more plasticizers, one or more optional glidants, and one or more optional pigments and/or colors.
- a color coat may comprise hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMC of 3 cP and/or HPMC of 6 cP), polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000), titanium dioxide and a color or lake.
- a final coat may comprise hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMC of 3 cP) and polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000) as well as a polishing wax (e.g. carnauba wax).
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Physiology (AREA)
- Nutrition Science (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising fixed dose combinations of a DPP-4 inhibitor drug and/or a SGLT-2 inhibitor drug, and metformin XR, processes for the preparation thereof, and their use to treat certain diseases.
Description
- The present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing a fixed dose combination (FDC) comprising
- a DPP-4 inhibitor drug (particularly 1-[(4-methyl-quinazolin-2-yl)methyl]-3-methyl-7-(2-butyn-1-yl)-8-(3-(R)-amino-piperidin-1-yl)-xanthine, also named linagliptin) and/or
- a SGLT-2 inhibitor drug (particularly 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, also named Compound “A” herein), and
- metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form (metformin XR); processes for the preparation thereof, and their use to treat certain diseases.
- In particular, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a fixed dose combination of an extended release form of metformin hydrochloride, optionally seal or barrier coated, which is further coated with an immediate release form of 1-[(4-methyl-quinazolin-2-yl)methyl]-3-methyl-7-(2-butyn-1-yl)-8-(3-(R)-amino-piperidin-1-yl)-xanthine (linagliptin) and/or 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene (Compound “A”).
- Further, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as e.g. a tablet), comprising or consisting essentially of
-
- a) an inner extended release core comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients;
- b) an optional intermediate seal and/or barrier coating; and
- c) an outer immediate release coating comprising at least one active pharmaceutical ingredient selected from
- a DPP-4 inhibitor, preferably linagliptin, and
- a SGLT-2 inhibitor, preferably Compound “A”,
- and one or more excipients.
- In a more detailed aspect, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as a tablet) of a selected dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitor (preferably linagliptin, particularly in immediate release form) and metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form (metformin XR). In one embodiment of this aspect, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as a tablet), comprising a fixed dose combination of an extended release form of metformin hydrochloride, optionally seal and/or barrier coated, and further coated with an immediate release form of linagliptin.
- In another more detailed aspect, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as a tablet) of a selected SGLT-2 inhibitor (preferably 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, particularly in immediate release form) and metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form (metformin XR). In one embodiment of this aspect, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as a tablet), comprising a fixed dose combination of an extended release form of metformin hydrochloride, optionally seal and/or barrier coated, and further coated with an immediate release form of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene.
- In a further more detailed aspect, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as e.g. a tablet), comprising a first component, part or composition comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form and one or more excipients, and a second component, part or composition comprising a selected dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitor (preferably linagliptin), particularly in immediate release form, and one or more excipients.
- In particular, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as a tablet), comprising an extended release form of metformin hydrochloride, optionally seal and/or barrier coated, and further coated with an immediate release form of linagliptin.
- In another further more detailed aspect, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as e.g. a tablet), comprising
- a first component, part or composition comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form and one or more excipients, and
- a second component, part or composition comprising a selected SGLT-2 inhibitor (preferably 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene), particularly in immediate release form, and one or more excipients.
- In particular, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as a tablet), comprising an extended release form of metformin hydrochloride, optionally seal and/or barrier coated, and further coated with an immediate release form of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene.
- In a yet further more detailed aspect, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as e.g. a tablet), comprising or consisting essentially of
-
- a) an inner extended release core comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients,
- bi) an optional seal coating,
- bii) an optional barrier coating, and
- c) an immediate release coating comprising a selected dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitor (preferably linagliptin) and one or more excipients.
- In another yet further more detailed aspect, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, particularly a solid preparation (e.g. an oral solid dosage form, such as e.g. a tablet), comprising or consisting essentially of
-
- a) an inner extended release core comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients,
- bi) an optional seal coating,
- bii) an optional barrier coating, and
- c) an immediate release coating comprising a selected SGLT-2 inhibitor (preferably 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene) and one or more excipients.
- Particularly, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention comprise an inner core formulation of metformin hydrochloride comprising a swellable and/or extended release material.
- In an embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention comprise an inner extended release core which is a formulation (e.g. matrix formulation) comprising metformin hydrochloride, a swellable and/or extended release material, and one or more further excipients.
- Particularly, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention comprise an outer coat of active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) (linagliptin and/or 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene) in an immediate release polymer film.
- The extended-release mechanism for the metformin HCl core may be based on an expandable polymeric swelling formulation that increases gastric retention and extends drug release from the matrix.
- This metformin HCl core may be then film-coated (spray-coated) with up to four layers (e.g. barrier coat layer, immediate-release active coat layer, color coat layer, final coat layer), one of which (active coat layer) contains the active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) (linagliptin or 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene), to add the immediate-release active component.
- Further, the present invention relates to a coating process (e.g. coating technology and processing conditions) and immediate release coating formulations of active pharmaceutical ingredients (API) in low doses (typically in doses of 0.5 to 25 mg) on top of tablet cores comprising active pharmaceutical ingredients (API) in high doses (typically in doses of 500-1500 mg) preferably, but not exclusively on extended release tablets. Anyhow, essential parts of the formulation and the process of this invention may be also applicable to any other fixed dose combination with the described setting.
- An aim of the present invention is to provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a selected DPP-4 inhibitor (preferably linagliptin, particularly in immediate release form), and metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form.
- Another aim of the present invention is to provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a selected SGLT-2 inhibitor (preferably 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, particularly in immediate release form), and metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form.
- The objectives of are to identify suitable formulations and processing conditions, such as e.g. of a coat of linagliptin or of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene on top metformin XR cores, providing adequate:
-
- Chemical stability of the API (particularly linagliptin) in the API film coat,
- Assay of linagliptin or 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene in the API film-coat (e.g. 95-105%),
- Content uniformity of linagliptin or 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene (e.g. RSD <3%) in the API film-coat,
- Low defect rate of the API-film during film coating process,
- Fast dissolution of the API from the API film-coat and no changes of XR Metformin HCl dissolution, due to the API coating with immediate release of linagliptin or 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene,
- Processing aspects of coating process/technology, processing conditions and immediate release API (linagliptin or Compound “A”) coating formulations (API film coat),
- Processing aspects of coating process/technology, processing conditions and immediate release API (linagliptin or Compound “A”) coating formulations on top of metformin extended release tablets.
- A particular objective of the present invention is to provide a pharmaceutical composition and suitable coating process with very broad range of drug substance (linagliptin or Compound “A”)/drug substance (metformin) ratio: 1:400-1:40. And the ratio of very low dosed API, e.g. linagliptin with 1 mg or 2.5 mg to very high dosed metformin with 1000 mg and more. And the suitable immediate release dissolution of the low dosed API with high dosed extended release metformin.
- The unit dosage strength of the metformin hydrochloride for incorporation into the fixed-dose combination of the present invention is preferably 500, 750, 850 or 1000 milligrams, or even more (e.g. 1500 mg).
- These unit dosage strengths of metformin hydrochloride represent the dosage strengths approved in the U.S. for marketing to treat Type 2 diabetes.
- The unit dosage strength of linagliptin for incorporation into the fixed-dose combination of the present invention is preferably in the range from 0.5 to 10 mg, for particular example 2.5 or 5 milligrams, or even less (e.g. 0.5 mg or 1 mg).
- The unit dosage strength of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene for incorporation into the fixed-dose combination of the present invention is preferably in the range from 5 to 25 mg, for example 5, 10, 12.5 or 25 milligrams.
- Specific embodiments of dosage strengths for linagliptin and metformin hydrochloride in the fixed-dose combinations of the present invention are the following:
- (1) 5 milligrams of linagliptin and 1000 milligrams metformin hydrochloride;
- (2) 2.5 milligrams of linagliptin and 1000 milligrams metformin hydrochloride;
- (3) 2.5 milligrams of linagliptin and 750 milligrams metformin hydrochloride.
- Specific embodiments of dosage strengths for 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene and metformin hydrochloride in the fixed-dose combinations of the present invention are the following:
- (1) 25 milligrams of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene and 1000 milligrams metformin hydrochloride;
- (2) 12.5 milligrams of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene and 1000 milligrams metformin hydrochloride;
- (3) 12.5 milligrams of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene and 750 milligrams metformin hydrochloride;
- (4) 10 milligrams of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene and 1000 milligrams metformin hydrochloride;
- (5) 10 milligrams of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene and 750 milligrams metformin hydrochloride;
- (6) 5 milligrams of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene and 1000 milligrams metformin hydrochloride;
- (7) 5 milligrams of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene and 750 milligrams metformin hydrochloride.
- Optionally, the pharmaceutical compositions, particularly solid preparations (e.g. oral solid dosage forms, such as e.g. tablets) according to the present invention may further comprise a color coat and/or a final coat.
- (a) Metformin Part:
- The first part in the present invention is a part (composition, particularly solid composition, e.g. a solid pharmaceutical composition for oral administration, e.g. tablet) comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) in extended release form, particularly an extended release formulation of metformin.
- In an embodiment, this first part is a metformin (e.g. 500 mg, 750 mg or 1000 mg metformin hydrochloride) extended release core.
- Exemplary extended release formulations of metformin are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,340,475; 6,488,962; 6,635,280; 6,723,340; 7,780,987; 6,866,866; 6,495,162; 6,790,459; 6,866,866; 6,475,521; and 6,660,300; the disclosures of which are incorporated herein in their entireties.
- A particular extended release formulation of metformin is described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,723,340, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
- In an embodiment, the fixed-dose combination products of the present invention comprise—as first part—an inner core matrix formulation with metformin hydrochloride dispersed therein, said matrix formulation containing an extended release material. The matrix formulation is compressed into a tablet form.
- In a particular embodiment, the fixed-dose combination products of the present invention comprise—as first part—an inner core extended release formulation comprising metformin hydrochloride, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (hypromellose), polyethylene oxide, microcrystalline cellulose, and magnesium stearate.
- In another particular embodiment, the fixed-dose combination products of the present invention comprise—as first part—an inner core extended release formulation comprising metformin hydrochloride, polyethylene oxide, low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (hypromellose, e.g. Methocel E5), and magnesium stearate.
- A particular extended release formulation of metformin is described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,723,340 as follows:
- In an embodiment, the extended release material of the matrix comprises poly(ethylene oxide) and/or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC), preferably a combination of poly(ethylene oxide) and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC), preferably at a weight ratio that causes the matrix to swell upon contact with gastric fluid to a size large enough to provide gastric retention.
- The poly(ethylene oxide) component of the matrix may limit initial release of the drug and may impart gastric retention through swelling. The hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) component may lower the amount of poly(ethylene oxide) required while still allowing the swelling to occur.
- Preferably, the poly(ethylene oxide) has a viscosity average molecular weight of from about 2,000,000 to about 10,000,000 daltons, more preferably from about 4,000,000 to about 7,000,000 daltons.
- Preferably, the hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) has a viscosity of from about 4,000 centipoise to about 200,000 centipoise, more preferably from about 50,000 to about 200,000 centipoise, even more preferably 80,000 centipoise to about 120,000 centipoise, measured as a 2% solution in water.
- More preferably, the poly(ethylene oxide) has a viscosity average molecular weight of from about 4,000,000 to about 7,000,000 daltons, and the hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) has a viscosity of from about 80,000 centipoise to about 120,000 centipoise, measured as a 2% solution in water.
- In an embodiment, the weight ratio of the poly(ethylene oxide) to hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) is within the range from about 1:3 to 3:1, preferably 1:2 to 2:1.
- In a further embodiment, the weight ratio of the poly(ethylene oxide) and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) in combination constitutes from about 15% to about 90%, or from about 30% to about 65%, or from about 40% to about 50%, by weight of the metformin part.
- Tablet cores in accordance with this invention can be prepared by common tabletting methods that involve mixing, comminution, and fabrication steps commonly practiced by and well known to those skilled in the art of manufacturing drug formulations. Examples of such techniques are:
- (1) Direct compression using appropriate punches and dies, typically fitted to a suitable rotary tabletting press;
- (2) Injection or compression molding;
- (3) Granulation by fluid bed, by low or high shear granulation, or by roller compaction, followed by compression; and
- (4) Extrusion of a paste into a mold or to an extrudate to be cut into lengths.
- When tablets are made by direct compression, the addition of lubricants may be helpful and is sometimes important to promote powder flow and to prevent breaking of the tablet when the pressure is relieved. Examples of typical lubricants are magnesium stearate (in a concentration of from 0.25% to 3% by weight, preferably about 1% or less by weight, in the powder mix), stearic acid (0.5% to 3% by weight), and hydrogenated vegetable oil (preferably hydrogenated and refined triglycerides of stearic and palmitic acids at about 1% to 5% by weight, most preferably about 2% by weight).
- Additional excipients may be added, such as e.g. granulating aids (e.g. low molecular weight HPMC at 2-5% by weight), binders (e.g. microcrystalline cellulose), and additives to enhance powder flowability, tablet hardness, and tablet friability and to reduce adherence to the die wall.
- An exemplary extended release metformin tablet core comprises metformin hydrochloride, a combination of poly(ethylene oxide) and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. Methocel K100M) as a matrix for a swellable extended release tablet, microcrystalline cellulose as binder, low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. Methocel E5) as granulating aid, and magnesium stearate as lubricant.
- The composition of a representative metformin core tablet is provided as follows:
- metformin hydrochloride, e.g. 49.97% by weight of the first part,
- poly(ethylene oxide), e.g. 26.50% by weight of the first part,
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. Methocel K100M), e.g. 16.08% by weight of the first part,
- microcrystalline cellulose, e.g. 4.99% by weight of the first part,
- low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. Methocel E5), e.g. 1.70% by weight of the first part, and
- magnesium stearate, e.g. 0.75% by weight of the first part.
- Tablets may be formulated by dry blending a granulation comprising metformin hydrochloride and low molecular weight HPMC (e.g. Methocel E5) and the remaining excipients listed above, followed by pressing on a tablet press.
- Such an extended release matrix formulation of metformin is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,723,340 (e.g. Example 3), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
- As further example of a lubricant sodium stearyl fumarate may be mentioned (e.g. at about 0.25-3% by weight).
- Another particular extended release formulation of metformin comprises metformin hydrochloride (e.g. 750 mg or 1000 mg), poly(ethylene oxide) (e.g. SENTRY™ POLYOX™ WSR 303) as swelling and/or extended release polymer, low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (hypromellose, e.g. Methocel E5) as binder, and magnesium stearate as lubricant.
- In a certain embodiment, the poly(ethylene oxide) as swelling and/or extended release polymer has an approximate molecular weight of 7,000,000, and/or a viscosity range 7500-10,000 centipoise measured as aqueous 1% solution at 25° C.
- In a preferred embodiment, the poly(ethylene oxide) is SENTRY™ POLYOX™ WSR 303.
- In a certain embodiment, the low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose as (granulation) binder is hypromellose having viscosity of 5 centipoise measured as aqueous 2% solution at 20° C.
- In a preferred embodiment, the low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose is Methocel E5.
- The composition of a representative metformin extended release core is provided as follows:
- metformin hydrochloride, e.g. 750.0 mg, 65.68% by weight of the first part,
- poly(ethylene oxide) (SENTRY™ POLYOX™ WSR 303), e.g. 355.2 mg, 31.10% by weight of the first part,
- low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Methocel E5), e.g. 25.5 mg, 2.23% by weight of the first part, and
- magnesium stearate, e.g. 11.3 mg, 0.99% by weight of the first part.
- The composition of another representative metformin extended release core is provided as follows:
- metformin hydrochloride, e.g. 1000.0 mg, 70.47% by weight of the first part,
- poly(ethylene oxide) (SENTRY™ POLYOX™ WSR 303), e.g. 370.0 mg, 26.07% by weight of the first part,
- low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Methocel E5), e.g. 34.0 mg, 2.40% by weight of the first part, and
- magnesium stearate, e.g. 15.0 mg, 1.06% by weight of the first part.
- The manufacturing of metformin (e.g. 750 mg or 1000 mg metformin hydrochloride) extended release cores comprises metformin wet granulation (e.g. high shear granulation) in the presence of low molecular weight HPMC (hypromellose, Methocel E5) as binder for granulation, followed by optional wet milling, drying (e.g. fluid bed drying, e.g. <0.2% LOD) and milling (e.g. dry granulation milling). The milled granulation is subsequently used for blending with poly(ethylene oxide) (SENTRY™ POLYOX™ WSR 303), then magnesium stearate as lubricant for tableting is added for final blending. The obtained metformin blend is used for compression of single layer tablets.
- In the metformin granulation process the metformin hydrochloride (750 mg or 1000 mg, 96.71% by weight of total dry granulate) and part of hypromellose (Methocel E5, 2.39% by weight of total dry granulate) are premixed and granulated with an aqueous (10% w/w) binder solution of remaining part of hypromellose (Methocel E5, 0.90% by weight of total dry granulate) using a high shear granulator.
- Before being used in the manufacturing process, the excipients during dispensing may be pre-sieved and the metformin HCl may be pre-milled.
- In a further embodiment, the metformin extended release formulation allows for targeted, controlled delivery of metformin to the upper gastrointestinal (GI) tract. In a further embodiment, the metformin extended release formulation is a hydrogel matrix system and contains a swelling hydrophilic polymer and further excipients, which may allow the metformin tablet core to be retained in the stomach (‘gastric retention’) for approximately eight to nine hours. During this time, the tablet core's metformin is steadily delivered to the upper GI tract at the desired rate and time, without potentially irritating ‘burst’ of drug. This gradual, extended release typically allows for more of the metformin drug to be absorbed in the upper GI tract and minimizes the amount of drug that passes through to the lower GI tract.
- In another embodiment, the metformin XR (e.g. 750 mg or 1000 mg) cores of this invention provide gastric retention with extended dose of metformin released over approximately 12 hours.
- In one variant, the second part in the present invention is a part (composition, particularly film coat) comprising linagliptin in immediate release form.
- In an embodiment, the fixed-dose combination products of the present invention comprise—as second part—a film coat formulation of linagliptin, said film coat formulation comprising linagliptin, a stabilizer for stabilizing linagliptin (e.g. a basic and/or nucleophilic excipient, preferably L-arginine as stabilizer), a film-coating agent (such as e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, e.g. Hypromellose 2910, Methocel E5, or Methocel E15), a plasticizer (such as e.g. polyethylene glycol, e.g. Macrogol 400, 6000 or 8000, or propylene glycol), and, optionally, a glidant (such as e.g. talc).
- In an embodiment, the weight ratio of the L-arginine to linagliptin is within the range from about 20:1 to about 1:10, or from about 15:1 to about 1:10, or from about 10:1 to about 1:10, or from about 5:1 to about 1:5, or from about 4:1 to about 1:1, or from about 3:1 to about 1:1, or from about 4:1 to about 2:1, especially about 4:1.
- In a further embodiment, the weight ratio of the L-arginine to linagliptin is within the range from about 2:1 to about 1:1, up to about 0.2:1.
- In a preferred embodiment, the weight ratio of the L-arginine to linagliptin is within the range from about 4:1 to about 2:1, especially about 4:1.
- For example, the composition of a representative linagliptin containing film coat is provided as follows:
-
- linagliptin, e.g. 2.5 mg or 5 mg;
- L-arginine, e.g. depending from need of stabilizer amount, e.g. in the range from about 0.5 mg to about 10 mg-12.5 mg (e.g. 5 mg or 10 mg), or up to about 20 mg-25 mg (e.g. 20 mg);
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. Methocel E5, Methocel E15, or Pharmacoat 603 or 606), e.g. from about 25 mg to about 40 mg (especially from 34.5 mg to 38 mg, or 34.5 mg or 38 mg);
- polyethylene glycol (e.g. Macrogol 400, 6000 or 8000), e.g. from about 0 to about 12 mg, especially 10-12 mg;
- propylene glycol, e.g. from about 0 mg to about 15 mg (especially 9 mg or 0 mg); and
- talc, e.g. from about 0 mg to about 15 mg (especially 9 mg).
- Depending from need of stabilizer the amount of L-arginine may be in the range from 0.5 mg to 10 mg-12.5 mg, or up to about 20 mg-25 mg. With different dose and different arginine amount, the arginine amount may be substituted by hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC).
- In an embodiment, polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol are mutually exclusive in above composition, i.e. if polyethylene glycol is present then propylene glycol is absent, or if propylene glycol is present then polyethylene glycol is absent.
- The composition of a representative linagliptin containing film coat suspension further comprises water, e.g. from about 240 mg to about 1440 mg, especially in the range from 904 mg to 1440 mg. The total solids concentration of the suspension is from about 4% to about 12.5% w/w, especially from 4% to 6% w/w. Viscosity may be from about 10 mPas to 110 mPas (e.g. 46-56 mPas).
- The sum solids of the linagliptin coating suspension is from about 50 mg to about 120 mg. For example, the sum solids is 60 mg of solid amount of the film coating suspension for 2.5 mg linagliptin, and 120 mg sum solid amount of the film coating suspension for 5 mg linagliptin. Therefore with the same formulation of linagliptin and double coating time (i.e. double amount of coating suspension) it is possible to prepare the higher dose range of linagliptin. Hence different dosage strengths can be achieved by altering coating (spraying) times.
- In another variant, the second part in the present invention is a part (composition, particularly film coat) comprising 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene in immediate release form.
- In an embodiment, the fixed-dose combination products of the present invention comprise—as second part—a film coat formulation of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, said film coat formulation comprising 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, a film-coating agent (such as e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, e.g. Hypromellose 2910, Methocel E5, or Methocel E15), a plasticizer (such as e.g. polyethylene glycol, e.g. Macrogol 400, 6000 or 8000, or propylene glycol), and, optionally, a glidant (such as e.g. talc).
- For example, the composition of a representative 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene containing film coat is provided as follows:
-
- 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, e.g. 5 mg, 10 mg, 12.5 mg or 25 mg;
- optionally, L-arginine, e.g. from about 5 mg to about 25 mg;
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. Methocel E5, Methocel E15, or Pharmacoat 603 or 606), e.g. from about 25 mg to about 40 mg (especially from 34.5 mg to 38 mg, or 34.5 mg);
- polyethylene glycol (e.g. Macrogol 400, 6000 or 8000), e.g. from about 0 to about 12 mg;
- propylene glycol, e.g. from about 0 mg to about 15 mg (especially 9 mg); and
- talc, e.g. from about 0 mg to about 15 mg (especially 9 mg).
- With different dose and different arginine amount, the arginine amount may be substituted by hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC).
- In an embodiment, polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol are mutually exclusive in above composition, i.e. if polyethylene glycol is present then propylene glycol is absent, or if propylene glycol is present then polyethylene glycol is absent.
- The composition of a representative 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene containing film coat suspension further comprises water, e.g. from about 240 mg to about 1440 mg, especially in the range from 904 mg to 1440 mg. The total solids concentration of the suspension is from about 4% to about 12.5% w/w, especially from 4% to 6% w/w.
- The sum solids of the 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene coating suspension is from about 50 mg to about 120 mg. For example, the sum solids is 60 mg of solid amount of the film coating suspension for 12.5 mg 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, and 120 mg sum solid amount of the film coating suspension for 25 mg 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene. Therefore with the same formulation of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene and double coating time (i.e. double amount of coating suspension) it is possible to prepare the higher dose range of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene. Hence different dosage strengths can be achieved by altering coating (spraying) times.
- L-Arginine is preferably necessary for the stabilization of linagliptin. Alternatively or additionally, a seal coat and/or a barrier coat may be used between the metformin XR core and the linagliptin-containing film coat.
- In an embodiment, a seal and/or a barrier coat is present between the metformin XR core and the linagliptin-containing film coat (preferably further containing L-arginine). In another embodiment, the seal and/or barrier coat is absent between the metformin XR core and the linagliptin-containing film coat (preferably further containing L-arginine).
- In some embodiments, the barrier coat may be from 0% to 20% w/w or from 1% to 20% w/w or from 3% to 7% w/w (e.g. 0%, 6%, 12% or 18%) per weight of the total linagliptin/metformin HCl containing composition. Preferably, the barrier coat may have a weight in the range from 50 to 100 mg, for example 60-75 mg (such as for the formulation containing 2.5 mg/750 mg linagliptin/metformin HCl) or 75-95 mg (such as for the formulation containing 2.5 mg/1000 mg or 5 mg/1000 mg linagliptin/metformin HCl).
- In a further embodiment, a seal coat and/or a barrier coat is/are present between the metformin XR core and the linagliptin-containing film coat (preferably further containing L-arginine).
- In a preferred embodiment, a barrier coat is present between the metformin XR core and the linagliptin-containing film coat (preferably further containing L-arginine).
- For Compound “A” preferably no arginine is necessary. For Compound “A” the seal and/or barrier coating of metformin XR cores may be optional. In one embodiment, a seal and/or barrier coat is present between the metformin XR core and the Compound “A” containing film coat. In another embodiment, the seal and/or barrier coat is absent between the metformin XR core and the Compound “A” containing film coat.
- In a further embodiment, a seal coat and/or a barrier coat is/are present between the metformin XR core and the Compound “A” containing film coat.
- Alternatively or further to the API film coats of (b1) and/or (b2), for the API (linagliptin or Compound “A”) containing film coat, a film coat comprising a mixture of hydroxypropylcellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, or a mixture of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and polyethylene glycol (PEG); or a commercial film-coat such as Opadry®, Opadry II® or other Opadry IR film coat, which are formulated powder blends provided by Colorcon, may be used. With Opadry II or PVA based API coating higher solid concentrations and shorter coating time durations are possible, therefore it works in a range of 10-30%, especially 20% solid concentration. This higher solid concentration, e.g. 20%, typically results in a shorter coating time, e.g. 2-5 hours.
- In further embodiments of the API containing film coating layers of this invention, the film-coating agent may be one or more of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, methacrylic and/or acrylic polymer, or mixtures thereof (e.g. a mixture of one or more HPMC and polydextrose).
- In further embodiments of the API containing film coating layers of this invention, the plasticizer may be one or more of polyethylene glycol (PEG, such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 and/or 8000), propylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate and/or triacetin, or mixtures thereof (e.g. a mixture of polyethylene glycol and triacetin).
- In a further embodiment of this invention, a API containing film coat according to this invention may comprise or consist essentially of
- the API, preferably a stabilizer for stabilizing linagliptin (preferably L-arginine),
- one or more film-coating agents, e.g. selected from hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, methacrylic and/or acrylic polymer, or a mixture thereof,
- optionally one or more plasticizers, e.g. selected from polyethylene glycol (PEG, such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 and/or 8000), propylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate and/or triacetin, or a mixture thereof,
- optionally a glidant, e.g. talc, magnesium stearate or fumed silica, and
- optionally one or more pigments (e.g titanium dioxide) and/or colors (e.g. based on iron oxides).
- Accordingly, the API containing film coating layers according to this invention may comprise one or more of the following excipients:
- at least one film-coating agent, such as e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, or Pharmacoat 615), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, or a methacrylic or acrylic polymer,
- at least one plasticizer, such as e.g. polyethylene glycol (PEG, such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000), propylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate or triacetin,
- at least one glidant or anti-adherent, such as e.g. talc, magnesium stearate or fumed silica, and
- at least one pigment, such as e.g. titanium dioxide, and/or colorant (such as e.g. based on an iron oxide).
- In certain embodiments, the hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) as film-coating agent is hypromellose having viscosity from about 3 centipoise to about 15 centipoise or up to 40-60 centipoise, measured as aqueous 2% solution at 20° C., e.g. 3, 5, 6, 15 or 50 cP, such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3 cP (HPMC 2910-3), hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 5 cP (HPMC 2910-5), hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 6 cP (HPMC 2910-6), hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 15 cP (HPMC 2910-15), hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 50 cP (HPMC 2910-50), Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, or Pharmacoat 615.
- In certain embodiments, the polyethylene glycol (PEG) as plasticizer is macrogol having average molecular weight from about 400 to about 8000 daltons, e.g. 400, 1500, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000 D, such as e.g. Marcrogol 400, Marcrogol 6000 or Marcrogol 8000.
- In certain embodiments, the coating material for API coating is commercially available under the trade name Opadry®, Opadry II® or other Opadry® film coat.
- For example, the composition of a representative linagliptin containing film coat may be provided as follows:
-
- linagliptin, such as e.g. from 0.5 mg to 10 mg (e.g. 2.5 mg or 5 mg);
- L-arginine, e.g. depending from need of stabilizer amount, e.g. the weight ratio L-arginine:linagliptin may be 1:1 to 5:1, such as e.g. in the range from about 0.5 mg to about 10 mg-12.5 mg (e.g. 5 mg or 10 mg) or up to about 20 mg-25 mg (e.g. 20 mg);
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. Methocel E5, Methocel E15, or Pharmacoat 603 or 606), e.g. from about 25 mg to about 40 mg (especially from 34.5 mg to 38 mg, or 34.5 mg or 38 mg);
- polyethylene glycol (e.g. Macrogol 400, 6000 or 8000), e.g. from about 0 to about 15 mg, especially 10-12 mg;
- propylene glycol, e.g. from about 0 mg to about 15 mg (especially 9 mg or 0 mg); and
- talc, e.g. from about 0 mg to about 15 mg (especially 9 mg).
- For example, an API (linagliptin) containing film coat according to this invention may comprise or consist essentially of
-
- linagliptin, such as e.g. from 0.5 mg to 10 mg (e.g. 2.5 mg or 5 mg),
- L-arginine (as stabilizer, e.g. the weight ratio L-arginine:linagliptin may be 1:1 to 5:1, such as e.g. in the range from about 0.5 mg to about 25 mg, preferably from about 5 mg to about 20 mg, more preferably from about 10 mg to about 20 mg),
- a film forming agent (e.g. based on HPMC (HPMC 2910-3), e.g. in the range from about 25 mg to about 40 mg, such as a mixture of hypromellose 2910 (HPMC 2910-3, 95% w/w) and PEG (PEG 8000, 5% w/w)),
- a plasticizer (e.g. based on PEG (PEG 6000), e.g. in the range from about 1 mg to about 12 mg, especially from about 10 mg to about 12 mg, and
- a glidant (e.g. talc, e.g. in the range from about 1 mg to about 15 mg, especially about 9 mg).
- For particular example, an immediate release API coating of this invention comprises or consist essentially of:
- polyethylene glycol (e.g. polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000 and/or 8000, e.g. 8-25% w/w, preferably 10-20% w/w, such as 16.8 or 14.3% w/w),
- linagliptin (as API, e.g. 1-10% w/w, preferably 2-7% w/w, such as 3.5 or 6.0% w/w),
- L-arginine (as stabilizer, e.g. the weight ratio L-arginine:linagliptin may be 1:1 to 5:1, preferably 2:1 to 4:1, especially 4:1; such as e.g. 4-40% w/w, preferably 10-30% w/w, such as 14 or 24% w/w),
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w), and
- talc (e.g. 5-20% w/w, preferably 8-16% w/w, such as 12.5 or 10.7% w/w),
- wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating.
- For more particular example, an immediate release API coating of this invention comprises:
- polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000 (e.g. 8-20% w/w, preferably 10-18 w/w, such as 14.0 or 11.9% w/w),
- linagliptin (as API, e.g. 1-10% w/w, preferably 2-7% w/w, such as 3.5 or 6.0% w/w),
- L-arginine (as stabilizer, e.g. the weight ratio L-arginine:linagliptin may be 1:1 to 5:1, preferably 2:1 to 4:1, especially 4:1; such as e.g. 4-40% w/w, preferably 10-30% w/w, such as 14 or 24% w/w),
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w),
- polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000 (e.g. 0-5% w/w, preferably 2-4% w/w, such as 2.8 or 2.4% w/w), and
- talc (e.g. 5-20% w/w, preferably 8-16% w/w, such as 12.5 or 10.7% w/w),
- wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating, and
- wherein the content of linagliptin may be in the range from 1 to 10 mg, particularly 2.5 mg or 5.0 mg.
- For further example, further versions of API-containing film coat compositions comprising one or more of the following ingredients of Tables 1 or 2, or of Tables 3, 4a, 4b, 4c, or of Tables 5, 6a, 6b, 6c may be provided, e.g. as follows from Tables 1 or 2, or, from Tables 3, 4a, 4b, 4c, or from Tables 5, 6a, 6b, 6c:
-
TABLE 1 Example (prototypical) formulations for API-coating of linagliptin on top of metformin XR cores PEG-containing PG-containing PG-containing Further Further PEG-containing version (reduced version (low version (high version version Composition version (e.g. arginine) (e.g. DL) (e.g. DL) (e.g. (e.g. 2.5 (e.g. 5 (% w/w) 2.5 mg API) 5 mg API) 2.5 mg API) 2.5 mg API) mg API) mg API) Linagliptin 4.20 4.39 4.55 5.29 4.16 4.16 HPMC (e.g 67.23 70.18 72.73 70.55 — — Pharmacoat 615)* HPMC (e.g — — — — 57.5 57.5 Methocel E5) Polyethylene 20.17 21.05 — — 15 15 glycol (e.g. PEG 6000) Propylene glycol — — 3.64 3.53 — — L-Arginine 8.40 4.39 9.09 10.58 8.33 8.33 Talc — — 10.00 10.05 15 15 Purified water ** ** ** ** ** ** Total 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 Solid content of 5.95 5.70 5.50 5.67 4.0 4.0 suspension (%) *Alternative Methocel E15 ** Solvent is a volatile component, which does not remain in the final product - In one embodiment of the API coatings of this invention, the film-coating agent used is highly viscous.
- In another embodiment of the API coatings of this invention, the film-coating agent used is low viscous.
-
TABLE 2 Further Example (prototypical) formulations for API- coating of linagliptin on top of metformin XR cores: PEG- containing PG- PG- PEG- version containing containing containing (reduced version version version arginine) (low DL) (high DL) Composition (e.g. 2.5 (e.g. 5 (e.g. 2.5 (e.g. 2.5 (% w/w) mg API) mg API) mg API) mg API) Linagliptin 4.20 4.39 4.55 5.29 HPMC (e.g. 67.23 70.18 72.73 70.55 Pharmacoat 615) Polyethylene glycol 20.17 21.05 — — (e.g. PEG 6000) Propylene glycol — — 3.64 3.53 L-Arginine 8.40 4.39 9.09 10.58 Talc — — 10.00 10.05 Purified water ** ** ** ** Total 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 Solid content of 5.95 5.70 5.50 5.67 suspension (%) ** Solvent is a volatile component, which does not remain in the final product -
TABLE 3 Example formulations for API-coating of Compound “A” on top of metformin XR cores and an optional seal or barrier coating layer: Ex. 3.1 Ex. 3.2 Ex. 3.3 Ex. 3.4 Composition (e.g. 5 (e.g. 10 (e.g. 12.5 (e.g. 25 (% w/w) mg API) mg API) mg API) mg API) Polyethylene glycol 15.6 14.5 14.0 11.9 (e.g. PEG 6000) Compound “A” 7.8 14.5 17.5 29.8 Hydroxypropyl 59.4 55.1 53.1 45.2 methylcellulose (e.g. 3 cP) (e.g. HPMC 2910/Hypromellose) Polyethylene glycol 3.1 2.9 2.8 2.4 (e.g. PEG 8000) Talc 14.1 13.0 12.6 10.7 Purified water ** ** ** ** Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Solid content of 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 suspension (%) ** Solvent is a volatile component, which does not remain in the final product - In the examples according to the Table 3 the parts hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000) may be employed as a film coating system.
-
TABLE 4a Further Example formulations for extended release core comprising metformin hydrochloride, barrier coating and API-coating of Compound “A”: Ex. 4.1 Ex. 4.2 Ex. 4.3 Ex. 4.4 (e.g. 750 (e.g. 750 (e.g. 750 (e.g. 750 mg Met- mg Met- mg Met- mg Met- formin formin formin formin hydro- hydro- hydro- hydro- chloride, chloride, chloride, chloride, Composition 5 mg 10 mg 12.5 mg 25 mg (% w/w) API) API) API) API) Extended release core Metformin 65.7 65.7 65.7 65.7 hydrochloride Hydroxypropyl 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 methylcellulose (e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as Methocel E5) Polyethylene oxide 31.1 31.1 31.1 31.1 (e.g. high molecular weight, e.g. about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303 NF TG LEO) Magnesium stearate 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Barrier coating Titanium dioxide 32.4 32.4 32.4 32.4 Polydextrose 25.9 25.9 25.9 25.9 Hydroxypropyl 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 methylcellulose (e.g. 3 cP) Hydroxypropyl 16.7 16.7 16.7 16.7 methylcellulose (e.g. 6 cP) Hydroxypropyl 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 methylcellulose (e.g. 50 cP) Polyethylene glycol 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 (e.g. PEG 8000) Purified water ** ** ** ** Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Solid content of 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 suspension (%) API coating Polyethylene glycol 15.6 14.5 14.0 11.9 (e.g. PEG 6000) Compound “A” as 7.8 14.5 17.5 29.8 API Hydroxypropyl 59.4 55.1 53.1 45.2 methylcellulose (e.g. 3 cP) (e.g. HPMC 2910/Hypromellose) Polyethylene glycol 3.1 2.9 2.8 2.4 (e.g. PEG 8000) Talc 14.1 13.0 12.6 10.7 Purified water ** ** ** ** Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Solid content of 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 suspension (%) ** Solvent is a volatile component, which does not remain in the final product -
TABLE 4b Further Example formulations for extended release core comprising metformin hydrochloride, barrier coating and API-coating of Compound “A”: Ex. 4.5 Ex. 4.6 Ex. 4.7 Ex. 4.8 (e.g. 1000 (e.g. 1000 (e.g. 1000 (e.g. 1000 mg Met- mg Met- mg Met- mg Met- formin formin formin formin hydro- hydro- hydro- hydro- chloride, chloride, chloride, chloride, Composition e.g. 5 mg e.g. 10 mg e.g. 12.5 mg e.g. 25 mg (% w/w) API) API) API) API) Extended release core Metformin 70.5 70.5 70.5 70.5 hydrochloride Hydroxypropyl 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 methylcellulose (e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as Methocel E5) Polyethylene glycol 26.07 26.07 26.07 26.07 (e.g. high molecular weight, e.g. about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303 NF TG LEO) Magnesium stearate 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Barrier coating Titanium dioxide 32.4 32.4 32.4 32.4 Polydextrose 25.9 25.9 25.9 25.9 Hydroxypropyl 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 methylcellulose (e.g. 3 cP) Hydroxypropyl 16.7 16.7 16.7 16.7 methylcellulose (e.g. 6 cP) Hydroxypropyl 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 methylcellulose (e.g. 50 cP) Polyethylene glycol 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 (e.g. PEG 8000) Purified water ** ** ** ** Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Solid content of 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 suspension (%) API coating Polyethylene glycol 15.6 14.5 14.0 11.9 (e.g. PEG 6000) Compound “A” as 7.8 14.5 17.5 29.8 API Hydroxypropyl 59.4 55.1 53.1 45.2 methylcellulose (e.g. 3 cP) (e.g. HPMC 2910/Hypromellose) Polyethylene glycol 3.1 2.9 2.8 2.4 (e.g. PEG 8000) Talc 14.1 13.0 12.6 10.7 Purified water ** ** ** ** Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Solid content of 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 suspension (%) ** Solvent is a volatile component, which does not remain in the final product - In the examples according to the Tables 4a and 4b the parts titanium dioxide, polydextrose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. 3 cP), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. 6 cP), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. 50 cP) and polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000) may be employed as a film coating system in the preparation of the barrier coating.
- In addition the parts hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000) may be employed as a further film coating system in the preparation of the API coating.
- In the examples according to the Tables 4a and 4b the barrier coat (solid content) has a weight in the range from 50 to 100 mg, for example 60-75 mg in the examples of Table 4a and 75-95 mg in the examples of Table 4b.
- Therefore according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising
- a) an extended release core comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients;
- b) an optional seal and/or barrier coating, preferably barrier coating; and
- c) an immediate release coating (API coating) comprising
- 10-25% w/w of polyethylene glycol,
- 5-35% w/w of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene (as API),
- 40-70% w/w of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose,
- 5-20% w/w of talc,
- wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating.
- Preferably the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- According to a more preferred embodiment of the present invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising
- a) an extended release core comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients;
- b) an optional seal and/or barrier coating, preferably barrier coating; and
- c) an immediate release coating (API coating) comprising
- 8-20% w/w, preferably 10-18% w/w of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000,
- 5-35% w/w of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene (as API),
- 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose,
- 0-5% w/w, preferably 2-4% w/w of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000,
- 5-20% w/w, preferably 8-16% w/w of talc,
- wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating.
- Preferably the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- According to an even more preferred embodiment of the present invention there is provided
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising
- a) an extended release core comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients;
- b) an optional seal and/or barrier coating, preferably barrier coating; and
- c) an immediate release coating (API coating) comprising
- 8-20% w/w, preferably 10-18% w/w of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000,
- 5-35% w/w of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene (as API),
- 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose,
- 0-5% w/w, preferably 2-4% w/w of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000,
- 5-20% w/w, preferably 8-16% w/w of talc,
- wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating, and
- wherein the content of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene is in the range from 5 to 25 mg, for example 5, 10, 12.5 or 25 mg.
- Preferably the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- According to a further more preferred embodiment of the present invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising
- a) an extended release core comprising
- 60-75% w/w of metformin hydrochloride,
- 2-3% w/w of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as Methocel E5),
- 23-35% w/w of polyethylene oxide (e.g. high molecular weight, e.g. about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303 NF TG LEO),
- 0.5-2% w/w magnesium stearate,
- wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the extended release core, and
- wherein the content of metformin hydrochloride is in the range from 500 to 1000 mg, for example 500, 750 or 1000 mg,
- b) a barrier coating, e.g. comprising polydextrose, hydroxypropylmethylcelluloses (e.g. 3 to 50 cP) and polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000) and wherein the barrier coating has a weight for example in the range from 50 to 100 mg; and
- c) an immediate release coating comprising
- 8-20% w/w, preferably 10-18% w/w of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000,
- 5-35% w/w of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene,
- 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose,
- 0-5% w/w, preferably 2-4% w/w of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000,
- 5-20% w/w, preferably 8-16% w/w of talc,
- wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating, and
- wherein the content of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene is in the range from 5 to 25 mg, for example 5, 10, 12.5 or 25 mg.
- Preferably the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
-
TABLE 5 Example formulations for API-coating of linagliptin on top of metformin XR cores and an optional seal or barrier coating layer: Composition Ex. 5.1 Ex. 5.2 (% w/w) (e.g. 2.5 mg API) (e.g. 5 mg API) Polyethylene glycol 14.0 11.9 (e.g. PEG 6000) Linagliptin 3.5 6.0 L-Arginine 14.0 23.8 Hydroxypropyl 53.2 45.2 methylcellulose (e.g. HPMC of 3 cP, such as HPMC- 2910-3) Polyethylene glycol 2.8 2.4 (e.g. PEG 8000) Talc 12.5 10.7 Purified water * * Total 100.0 100.0 * Processing agent water used in manufacturing and removed by drying -
TABLE 6a Further Example formulations for extended release core comprising metformin hydrochloride, barrier coating and API-coating of linagliptin Component mg/tablet Extended release core Metformin hydrochloride (Metformin HCl) 750 Polyethylene Oxide 355.2 (e.g. high molecular weight, e.g. about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303) Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Hypromellose) 25.5 (e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as HPMC 2910-5 (Methocel E5)) Magnesium Stearate 11.3 Barrier coat: Film Forming System: 68.2 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMCs of 3 cP, 6 cP and 50 cP, such as HPMC 2910-3 (e.g. 19.46% w/w), HPMC 2910-6 (e.g. 16.68% w/w) and HPMC 2910-50 (e.g. 2.79% w/w)), Polydextrose (e.g. 25.94% w/w), Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 2.70% w/w), Titanium dioxide (e.g. 32.43% w/w), Purified water * Active (API) coat: Linagliptin (as API) 2.5 Film Forming System: 40.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMC of 3 cP, such as HPMC 2910-3, e.g. 95% w/w) Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 5% w/w) L-Arginine 10.0 Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 6000) 10.0 Talc 9.0 Purified water * * Processing agent water used in manufacturing and removed by drying -
TABLE 6b Further Example formulations for extended release core comprising metformin hydrochloride, barrier coating and API-coating of linagliptin Component mg/tablet Extended release core Metformin hydrochloride (Metformin HCl) 1000 Polyethylene Oxide 370 (e.g. high molecular weight, e.g. about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303) Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Hypromellose) 34.0 (e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as HPMC 2910-5 (Methocel E5)) Magnesium Stearate 15.0 Barrier coat: Film Forming System: 85.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMCs of 3 cP, 6 cP and 50 cP, such as HPMC 2910-3 (e.g. 19.46% w/w), HPMC 2910-6 (e.g. 16.68% w/w) and HPMC 2910-50 (e.g. 2.79% w/w)), Polydextrose (e.g. 25.94% w/w), Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 2.70% w/w), Titanium dioxide (e.g. 32.43% w/w), Purified water * Active (API) coat: Linagliptin (as API) 2.5 Film Forming System: 40.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMC of 3 cP, such as HPMC 2910-3, e.g. 95% w/w) Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 5% w/w) L-Arginine 10.0 Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 6000) 10.0 Talc 9.0 Purified water * * Processing agent water used in manufacturing and removed by drying -
TABLE 6c Further Example formulations for extended release core comprising metformin hydrochloride, barrier coating and API-coating of linagliptin Component mg/tablet Extended release core Metformin hydrochloride (Metformin HCl) 1000 Polyethylene Oxide 370 (e.g. high molecular weight, e.g. about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303) Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Hypromellose) 34.0 (e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as HPMC 2910-5 (Methocel E5)) Magnesium Stearate 15.0 Barrier coat: Film Forming System: 85.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMCs of 3 cP, 6 cP and 50 cP, such as HPMC 2910-3 (e.g. 19.46% w/w), HPMC 2910-6 (e.g. 16.68% w/w) and HPMC 2910-50 (e.g. 2.79% w/w)), Polydextrose (e.g. 25.94% w/w), Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 2.70% w/w), Titanium dioxide (e.g. 32.43% w/w), Purified water * Active (API) coat: Linagliptin (as API) 5.0 Film Forming System: 40.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMC of 3 cP, such as HPMC 2910-3, e.g. 95% w/w) Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 5% w/w) L-Arginine 20.0 Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 6000) 10.0 Talc 9.0 Purified water * * Processing agent water used in manufacturing and removed by drying - In the examples according to the Tables 5, 6a, 6b and 6c, as to the barrier coating, the parts titanium dioxide, polydextrose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. 3 cP), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. 6 cP), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. 50 cP), polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000) may be employed together (such as e.g. as a film coating system) or separately in the preparation of the barrier coating.
- In addition, as to the API coating, the parts hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. 3 cP) and polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000) may be employed together (such as e.g. as a film coating system) or separately in the preparation of the API coating.
- In the examples according to the Tables 5, 6a, 6b, 6c the barrier coat (solid content) may have a weight in the range from 50 to 100 mg, for example 60-75 mg in the examples of Table 6a and 75-95 mg in the examples of Table 6b or 6c.
- Therefore according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising
- a) an extended release core comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients;
- b) an optional seal and/or barrier coating, preferably barrier coating;
- c) an immediate release coating (API coating) comprising polyethylene glycol (e.g. polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000 and/or 8000, e.g. 8-25% w/w, preferably 10-20% w/w, such as 16.8 or 14.3% w/w),
- linagliptin (as API, e.g. 1-10% w/w, preferably 2-7% w/w, such as 3.5 or 6.0% w/w),
- L-arginine (as stabilizer, e.g. the weight ratio L-arginine:linagliptin may be 1:1 to 5:1, preferably 2:1 to 4:1, especially 4:1; such as e.g. 4-40% w/w, preferably 10-30% w/w, such as 14 or 24% w/w),
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w),
- talc (e.g. 5-20% w/w, preferably 8-16% w/w, such as 12.5 or 10.7% w/w),
- wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating.
- Preferably the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- According to a more preferred embodiment of the present invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising
- a) an extended release core comprising metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients;
- b) an optional seal and/or barrier coating, preferably barrier coating;
- c) an immediate release coating (API coating) comprising
- polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000 (e.g. 8-20% w/w, preferably 10-18 w/w, such as 14.0 or 11.9% w/w),
- linagliptin (as API, e.g. 1-10% w/w, preferably 2-7% w/w, such as 3.5 or 6.0% w/w),
- L-arginine (as stabilizer, e.g. the weight ratio L-arginine:linagliptin may be 1:1 to 5:1, preferably 2:1 to 4:1, especially 4:1; such as e.g. 4-40% w/w, preferably 10-30% w/w, such as 14 or 24% w/w), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w), polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000 (e.g. 0-5% w/w, preferably 2-4% w/w, such as 2.8 or 2.4% w/w), talc (e.g. 5-20% w/w, preferably 8-16% w/w, such as 12.5 or 10.7% w/w), wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating.
- Preferably the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- According to an even more preferred embodiment of the present invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising or consisting essentially of
- a) an extended release core comprising or consisting essentially of metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride) and one or more excipients;
- b) an optional seal and/or barrier coating, preferably barrier coating;
- c) an immediate release coating (API coating) comprising or consisting essentially of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000 (e.g. 8-20% w/w, preferably 10-18% w/w, such as 14.0 or 11.9% w/w),
- linagliptin (as API, e.g. 1-10% w/w, preferably 2-7% w/w, such as 3.5 or 6.0% w/w),
- L-arginine (e.g. the weight ratio L-arginine:linagliptin may be 1:1 to 5:1, preferably 2:1 to 4:1, especially 4:1; such as e.g. 4-40% w/w, preferably 10-30% w/w, such as 14 or 24% w/w),
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w),
- polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000 (e.g. 0-5% w/w, preferably 2-4% w/w, such as 2.8 or 2.4% w/w),
- talc (e.g. 5-20% w/w, preferably 8-16% w/w, such as 12.5 or 10.7% w/w),
- wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating, and
- wherein the content of linagliptin is in the range from 1 to 10 mg, particularly 2.5 mg or 5.0 mg.
- Preferably the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- According to a further more preferred embodiment of the present invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising
- a) an extended release core comprising
- metformin (particularly metformin hydrochloride)
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as Methocel E5, e.g. 2-3% w/w),
- polyethylene oxide (e.g. high molecular weight, e.g. about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303, e.g. 23-35% w/w),
- magnesium stearate (e.g. 0.5-2% w/w),
- wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the extended release core, and
- wherein the content of metformin hydrochloride is in the range from 500 to 1000 mg, for example 500, 750 or 1000 mg;
- b) a barrier coating, e.g. comprising polydextrose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses (e.g. 3 to 50 cP, such as HPMC 2010-3, HPMC 2910-6 and HPMC 2910-50), titanium dioxide and polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000), and wherein the barrier coating has a weight for example in the range from 50 to 100 mg (such e.g. 68 mg or 85 mg);
- c) an immediate release coating comprising
- polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000 (e.g. 8-20% w/w, preferably 10-18 w/w, such as 14.0 or 11.9% w/w),
- linagliptin (e.g. 1-10 w/w, preferably 2-7% w/w, such as 3.5 or 6.0% w/w),
- L-arginine (e.g. the weight ratio L-arginine:linagliptin may be 1:1 to 5:1, preferably 2:1 to 4:1, especially 4:1; such as e.g. 4-40% w/w, preferably 10-30% w/w, such as 14 or 24% w/w),
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of 3 cP, e.g. 40-70% w/w, preferably 40-65% w/w, such as 53.2 or 45.2% w/w),
- polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000 (e.g. 0-5% w/w, preferably 2-4% w/w, such as 2.8 or 2.4% w/w),
- talc (e.g. 5-20% w/w, preferably 8-16% w/w, such as 12.5 or 10.7% w/w),
- wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating, and
- wherein the content of linagliptin is in the range from 1 to 10 mg, particularly 2.5 mg or 5.0 mg.
- Preferably the pharmaceutical composition according to this embodiment additionally comprises one or more optional color and/or final coatings.
- Film coating suspensions/solutions of API (linagliptin or Compound “A”) according to this invention can be prepared by common methods, such as follows:
- The film-coating agent hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC), the plasticizer polyethylene glycol (PEG) (e.g. Macrogol 400, 6000 or 8000) or, as alternative plasticizer, propylene glycol (PG) and water are dissolved and mixed by a suitable mixer (e.g. by propeller mixer) to produce the API-free coating solution. Optionally, the glidant talc suspended in water is added and the obtained suspension is homogenized. Talc may be used optionally.
- The API (linagliptin or Compound “A”) and—preferably in case of linagliptin—the stabilizer L-arginine are dissolved or suspended in water and added to the aqueous solution of HPMC, PEG or PG, and, optional talc, and dispersed by a suitable mixer (e.g. by propeller mixer) to provide the API coating suspension.
- Alternatively, the film-coating agent hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) and water are dissolved and mixed by a suitable mixer (e.g. by Ultraturrax).
- The stabilizer L-arginine (which is present in case of linagliptin, and may be absent in case of Compound “A”), the plasticizer polyethylene glycol (PEG) (e.g. Macrogol 400, 6000 or 8000) or propylene glycol (PG), optional talc, and water are dispersed, e.g. by homogenization using e.g. ultra turrax.
- After degassing of the HPMC solution (or directly after manufacturing of the HPMC solution), the aqueous suspension of PEG or PG, optional L-arginine and optional talc are added to the aqueous HPMC solution and mixed/homogenized.
- The API (linagliptin or Compound “A”) is dissolved or suspended in water and added to the aqueous solution of HPMC, PEG or PG, optional L-arginine and optional talc to provide the API coating suspension.
- The film-coating operation is carried out in a conventional film coater. The film coating suspension and/or API (linagliptin or Compound “A”) coating suspension/solution are coated at (optionally seal and/or barrier coated) metformin XR cores via coating process.
- Preliminary preheating of the cores may be necessary, due to need of equilibrium of water amount of the cores.
- The spray rate and air flow through the coating pan is adjusted to produce a uniform coating and coverage of the entire width of the tablet bed. The amount of the coating suspension applied can be controlled by percent weight gain of tablet cores and typically ranges from about 4 to about 12.5%.
- In one aspect, this range results in linagliptin drug assay close to the desired 2.5 mg or 5 mg with a standard deviation of about 2-4% for content uniformity assay of linagliptin. The duration of the coating step is about 4-10 hours. The duration of the coating step depends on batch size, process parameters like spray rate and solid concentrations of the coating suspension.
- In another aspect, this range results in Compound “A” drug assay close to the desired 5 mg, 12.5 mg, 10 mg or 25 mg with a standard deviation of about 2-4% for content uniformity assay of Compound “A”. The duration of the coating step is about 4-10 hours. The duration of the coating step depends on batch size, process parameters like spray rate and solid concentrations of the coating suspension.
- The API coating suspension is applied to the (optionally seal and/or barrier coated) tablet cores containing the metformin XR formulation and the amount of solids deposited in the API film layer is controlled to achieve the desired API doses.
- The weight of the cores and film coated tablets may be controlled by percent weight gain during the coating process. Instead of or in addition to weight gain method a PAT method, e.g. online NIR or Raman method for end point detection of assay of API may be used.
- An optional seal and/or barrier coat may separate the metformin XR core from the API-containing film coat. Typically, for the preparation of film-coated tablets a coating suspension is prepared and the tablet cores may be coated with the seal coating suspension and/or with the barrier coating suspension using standard film coater.
- The film coating solvent is a volatile component, which does not remain in the final product. A typical seal and/or barrier film-coat comprises a film coating agent, a plasticizer, and, optionally, a glidant, one or more pigments and/or colors.
- The metformin XR core may be seal and/or barrier coated using a seal coating agent (and a plasticizer) and/or a barrier coating agent (and a plasticizer), such as with a mixture of hydroxypropylcellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, a mixture of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and polyethylene glycol (PEG), a mixture of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and either polyethylene glycol (PEG) or propylene glycol (PG), or any other suitable immediate-release film-coating agent(s). A commercial film-coat is Opadry®, Opadry II® or other Opardy IR film coat, which are formulated powder blend provided by Colorcon. Optionally the seal coat may further comprise a glidant. Optionally the barrier coat may further comprise a glidant
- For example, a seal or barrier coat according to this invention may comprise or consist essentially of
- a film-coating agent which is hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. Methocel E5, or Pharmacoat 606),
- a plasticizer which is triacetin, and
- a glidant which is talc, and
- optionally one or more pigments and/or colors.
- For example, a seal or barrier coat according to this invention may comprise or consist essentially of
- one or more film-coating agents selected from hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 5 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 6 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 15 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615), polydextrose, or mixtures thereof,
- a plasticizer selected from polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000), and
- optionally one or more pigments (e.g. titanium dioxide) and/or colors.
- For example, a seal or barrier coat according to this invention may comprise or consist essentially of
- a mixture of one or more hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 6 cP, and hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 50 cP) and polydextrose, a plasticizer which is polyethylene glycol 8000, and optionally one or more pigments (e.g. titanium dioxide) and/or colors.
- For particular example, a barrier coating of this invention comprises polydextrose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses (e.g. 3 to 50 cP, such as HPMC 2010-3, HPMC 2910-6 and HPMC 2910-50), titanium dioxide and polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000), and wherein the barrier coating may have a weight for example in the range from 50 to 100 mg (such e.g. 68 mg or 85 mg).
- The final pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are tablets. Such tablets may be further film-coated with a color and/or final film over-coat, such as with a mixture of hydroxypropylcellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose containing titanium dioxide and/or other coloring agents, such as iron oxides, dyes, and lakes; a mixture of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and polyethylene glycol (PEG) containing titanium dioxide and/or other coloring agents, such as iron oxides, dyes, and lakes; a mixture of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and either polyethylene glycol (PEG) or propylene glycol (PG) containing titanium dioxide and/or other coloring agents, such as iron oxides, dyes, and lakes; or any other suitable immediate-release film-coating agent(s). The coat may provide taste masking and additional stability to the final tablet. A commercial film-coat is Opadry®, Opadry II® or other Opardy IR film coat, which are formulated powder blend provided by Colorcon.
- Preferably, for the preparation of film-coated tablets a coating suspension is prepared and the tablet cores are coated with the coating suspension, typically for the API-free film over-coat to a weight gain of about 2-4%, preferably about 3%, using standard film coater.
- The film coating solvent is a volatile component, which does not remain in the final product. A typical film-coat comprise a film coating agent, a plasticizer, and, optionally, a glidant, one or more pigments and/or colors. For example, the film coat may comprise hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol, talc and, optionally, titanium dioxide and/or iron oxide (e.g. iron oxide yellow and/or red).
- In further embodiments of the film coating layers of this invention, the film-coating agent may be one or more of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, methacrylic and/or acrylic polymer, or mixtures thereof (e.g. a mixture of one or more HPMC and polydextrose).
- In a particular embodiment of the film coating layers of this invention, the film-coating agent may be one or more hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615).
- In another particular embodiment of the film coating layers of this invention, the film-coating agent may be polyvinyl alcohol (PVA).
- In another particular embodiment of the film coating layers of this invention, the film-coating agent may be a mixture of one or more hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615) and polydextrose.
- In further embodiments of the film coating layers of this invention, the plasticizer may be one or more of polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 and/or 8000), propylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate and/or triacetin, or mixtures thereof (e.g. a mixture of polyethylene glycol and triacetin).
- In a particular embodiment of the film coating layers of this invention, the plasticizer may be one or more polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 and/or 8000).
- In another particular embodiment of the film coating layers of this invention, the plasticizer may be triacetin.
- In further embodiments of the film coating layers of this invention, the glidant may be one or more of talc, magnesium stearate and/or fumed silica, or mixtures thereof.
- In a particular embodiment of the film coating layers of this invention, the glidant may be talc.
- In certain embodiments of the film coating layers of this invention, the film-coating agent may be hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615), and the plasticizer may be polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000).
- In certain embodiments of the film coating layers of this invention, the film-coating agent may be hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615), and the plasticizer may be triacetin.
- In certain embodiments of the film coating layers of this invention, the film-coating agent may be a mixture of one or more hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615) and polydextrose, and the plasticizer may be polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000).
- In certain embodiments of the film coating layers of this invention, the film-coating agent may be polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), and the plasticizer may be polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000).
- In certain embodiments of the film coating layers of this invention, the film-coating agent may be polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), and the plasticizer may be triacetin.
- In a further embodiment of this invention, a film coat according to this invention may comprise or consist essentially of one or more film-coating agents, e.g. selected from hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 and/or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, and/or Pharmacoat 615), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, methacrylic and/or acrylic polymer, or a mixture thereof, optionally one or more plasticizers, e.g. selected from polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 and/or 8000), propylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate and triacetin, or a mixture thereof,
- optionally a glidant, e.g. talc, magnesium stearate or fumed silica, and
- optionally one or more pigments (e.g titanium dioxide) and/or colors (e.g. based on iron oxides).
- Accordingly, the film coating layers according to this invention may comprise one or more of the following:
- at least one film-coating agent, such as e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, hypromellose such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3, 5, 6, 15 or 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, or Pharmacoat 615), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, or a methacrylic or acrylic polymer,
- at least one plasticizer, such as e.g. polyethylene glycol (such as e.g. Macrogol 400, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000), propylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate or triacetin, at least one glidant or anti-adherent, such as e.g. talc, magnesium stearate or fumed silica, and
- at least one pigment, such as e.g. titanium dioxide, and/or colorant (such as e.g. based on an iron oxide).
- In certain embodiments, the hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) as film-coating agent is hypromellose having viscosity from about 3 centipoise to about 15 centipoise or up to 40-60 centipoise, measured as aqueous 2% solution at 20° C., e.g. 3, 5, 6, 15 or 50 cP, such as e.g. hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 3 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 5 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 6 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 15 cP, hypromellose 2910 with nominal viscosity of 50 cP, Methocel E5, Methocel E15, Pharmacoat 603, Pharmacoat 606, or Pharmacoat 615.
- In certain embodiments, the polyethylene glycol (PEG) as plasticizer is macrogol having average molecular weight from about 400 to about 8000 daltons, e.g. 400, 1500, 3000, 4000, 6000 or 8000 D, such as e.g. Marcrogol 400, Marcrogol 6000 or Marcrogol 8000.
- In certain embodiments, the coating material is commercially available under the trade name Opadry®, Opadry II® or other Opadry® film coat.
- The pharmaceutical tablet compositions of the present invention may also contain one or more additional formulation ingredients selected from a wide variety of excipients known in the pharmaceutical formulation art. According to the desired properties of the pharmaceutical composition, any number of ingredients may be selected, alone or in combination, based upon their known uses in preparing tablet compositions. Such ingredients include, but are not limited to, diluents, compression aids, glidants, disintegrants, lubricants, flavors, flavor enhancers, sweeteners, and preservatives.
- The term “tablet” as used herein is intended to encompass compressed pharmaceutical dosage formulations of all shapes and sizes.
- The pharmaceutical compositions (or formulations) may be packaged in a variety of ways. Generally, an article for distribution includes a container that contains the pharmaceutical composition in an appropriate form. Tablets are typically packed in an appropriate primary package for easy handling, distribution and storage and for assurance of proper stability of the composition at prolonged contact with the environment during storage. Primary containers for tablets may be bottles or blister packs, optionally with desiccant.
- A suitable bottle may be made from glass or polymer (preferably polypropylene (PP) or high density polyethylene (HD-PE)) and sealed with a screw cap. The screw cap may be provided with a child resistant safety closure (e.g. press-and-twist closure) for preventing or hampering access to the contents by children. If required (e.g. in regions with high humidity), by the additional use of a desiccant (such as e.g. bentonite clay, molecular sieves, or, preferably, silica gel) the shelf life of the packaged composition can be prolonged.
- A suitable blister pack comprises or is formed of a top foil (which is breachable by the tablets) and a bottom part (which contains pockets for the tablets). The top foil may contain a metalic foil, particularly an aluminium or aluminium alloy foil (e.g. having a thickness of 20 μm to 45 μm, preferably 20 μm to 25 μm) that is coated with a heat-sealing polymer layer on its inner side (sealing side). The bottom part may contain a multi-layer polymer foil (such as e.g. poly(vinyl choride) (PVC) coated with poly(vinylidene choride) (PVDC); or a PVC foil laminated with poly(chlorotriflouroethylene) (PCTFE)) or a multi-layer polymer-metal-polymer foil (such as e.g. a cold-formable laminated PVC/aluminium/polyamide composition).
- To ensure a long storage period especially under hot and wet climate conditions an additional overwrap or pouch made of a multi-layer polymer-metal-polymer foil (e.g. a laminated polyethylen/aluminium/polyester composition) may be used for the blister packs. Supplementary desiccant (such as e.g. bentonite clay, molecular sieves, or, preferably, silica gel) in this pouch package may prolong the shelf life even more under such harsh conditions.
- The article may further comprise a label or package insert, which refer to instructions customarily included in commercial packages of therapeutic products, that may contain information about the indications, usage, dosage, administration, contraindications and/or warnings concerning the use of such therapeutic products. In one embodiment, the label or package inserts indicates that the composition can be used for any of the purposes described herein.
- The present invention also provides methods particularly for treating Type 2 diabetes by orally administering to a host in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of one of the fixed-dose combination pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention. In one embodiment the host in need of such treatment is a human. In another embodiment the pharmaceutical composition is in the dosage form of a tablet. The pharmaceutical compositions comprising the fixed-dose combination may be administered once-daily (QD), twice-daily (BID), thrice-daily (TID), or four-times daily.
- Further, illustrative effects of the compositions according to the present invention are provided as follows, for example:
- Five batches of linagliptin/metformin (e.g. 2.5/1000 mg) and different ratios (w/w) of linagliptin:arginine (1:1 to 1:5) are stored open/closed at 40° C./75% r.h. over 3 months. Overall, under closed storage conditions, no significant change in linagliptin assay results in all arginine-containing batches observed. Likewise, under closed storage conditions, no significant changes in linagliptin and metformin dissolution results are observed in the arginine-containing batches. Under open storage conditions, a correlation between arginine content and linagliptin assay results can be observed; based thereon, a linagliptin/arginine ratio of 1:4 (w/w) is selected as optimum.
- In an embodiment, pharmaceutical dosage forms of this invention (preferably containing metformin XR and linagliptin as API) preferably have dissolution properties such that, for example, after 2 hours 31-54% by weight of the metformin HCl active ingredient is dissolved, and/or after 4 hours 51-74% by weight of the metformin HCl active ingredient is dissolved, and/or after 12 hours not less than 80% by weight of the metformin HCl active ingredient is dissolved.
- In a further embodiment, pharmaceutical dosage forms of this invention (preferably containing metformin XR and linagliptin as API) preferably have dissolution properties such that after 45 minutes at least 75%, or at least 80%, or at least 90% by weight of linagliptin is dissolved. In a particular embodiment, after 30 minutes for linagliptin at least 70-80 (preferably not less than 75%) by weight of linagliptin is dissolved.
- The dissolution properties can be determined in standard dissolution tests, e.g. according to standard pharmacopeias (such as e.g. using paddle/basket method with agitation speed of 50 rpm or 100 rpm, pH1.0 (HCl/SGF), and HPLC (linagliptin) and UV (metformin) analysis of the samples).
- For illustrative example, in a certain embodiment, at pH 1 (HCl/SGF) the dissolution profiles of a linagliptin+metformin XR FDC of this invention (such as e.g. FDC 2.5/750 mg, FDC 5/1000 mg, FDC 2.5/1000 mg) and the respective reference innovator products (Trajenta® and Glumetza®) are preferably similar (f2≥50) or in the same range, using e.g. the innovator dissolution method (metformin: 100 rpm basket, linagliptin: 50 rpm basket; pH 1).
- Manufacture and Polymorph
- The term “linagliptin” as employed herein refers to linagliptin, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a hydrate or solvate thereof, or a polymorphic form thereof. Crystalline forms are described in WO 2007/128721. Preferred crystalline forms are the polymorphs A and B described therein. In particular, linagliptin is the free base 1-[(4-methyl-quinazolin-2-yl)methyl]-3-methyl-7-(2-butyn-1-yl)-8-(3-(R)-amino-piperidin-1-yl)-xanthine. As linagliptin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, linagliptin is preferred. Methods for the manufacture of linagliptin are described in the patent applications WO 2004/018468 and WO 2006/048427 for example. A therapeutic dose of linagliptin may be 5 mg per patient per day.
-
- According to this invention, it is to be understood that the definition of the SGLT2 inhibitor, in particular 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene (Compound “A”), also comprises its hydrates, solvates and polymorphic forms thereof, and prodrugs thereof. With regard to the preferred 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene an advantageous crystalline form is described in the international patent application WO 2006/117359 which hereby is incorporated herein in its entirety. This crystalline form possesses good solubility properties which enable a good bioavailability of the SGLT2 inhibitor. Furthermore, the crystalline form is physico-chemically stable and thus provides a good shelf-life stability of the pharmaceutical composition.
-
- Methods for the manufacture of SGLT2 inhibitors according to this invention and of prodrugs thereof are known to the one skilled in the art. Advantageously, the compounds according to this invention can be prepared using synthetic methods as described in the literature, including patent applications as cited hereinbefore. Preferred methods of manufacture, in particular of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, are described in the WO 2006/120208.
- For avoidance of any doubt, the disclosure of each of the foregoing documents cited above in connection with the specified SGLT2 or DPP-4 inhibitors is specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- Indications
- As described herein by the administration of the pharmaceutical composition according to this invention, therapeutic effects can be achieved, which make it useful for treating and/or preventing certain diseases, disorders or conditions, such as e.g. those described herein.
- Therefore, a treatment or prophylaxis according to this invention is advantageously suitable in those patients in need of such treatment or prophylaxis who are diagnosed of one or more of the conditions selected from the group consisting of overweight and obesity, in particular class I obesity, class II obesity, class III obesity, visceral obesity and abdominal obesity. In addition a treatment or prophylaxis according to this invention is advantageously suitable in those patients in which a weight increase is contraindicated. The pharmaceutical composition as well as the methods according to the present invention allow a reduction of the HbA1c value to a desired target range, for example <7% and preferably <6.5%, for a higher number of patients and for a longer time of therapeutic treatment compared with a corresponding monotherapy.
- The pharmaceutical composition according to this invention and in particular the active ingredients therein exhibits a very good efficacy with regard to glycemic control, in particular in view of a reduction of fasting plasma glucose, postprandial plasma glucose and/or glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1c). By administering a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention, a reduction of HbA1c equal to or greater than preferably 0.5%, even more preferably equal to or greater than 1.0% can be achieved and the reduction is particularly in the range from 1.0% to 2.0%.
- Furthermore, the method and/or use according to this invention is advantageously applicable in those patients who show one, two or more of the following conditions:
- (a) a fasting blood glucose or serum glucose concentration greater than 110 mg/dL, in particular greater than 125 mg/dL;
- (b) a postprandial plasma glucose equal to or greater than 140 mg/dL;
- (c) an HbA1c value equal to or greater than 6.5%, in particular equal to or greater than 7.0%, especially equal to or greater than 7.5%, even more particularly equal to or greater than 8.0%.
- The present invention also discloses the use of the pharmaceutical composition for improving glycemic control in patients having type 2 diabetes or showing first signs of pre-diabetes. Thus, the invention also includes diabetes prevention. If therefore a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention is used to improve the glycemic control as soon as one of the above-mentioned signs of pre-diabetes is present, the onset of manifest type 2 diabetes mellitus can be delayed or prevented.
- Furthermore, the pharmaceutical composition according to this invention is particularly suitable in the treatment of patients with insulin dependency, i.e. in patients who are treated or otherwise would be treated or need treatment with an insulin or a derivative of insulin or a substitute of insulin or a formulation comprising an insulin or a derivative or substitute thereof. These patients include patients with diabetes type 2 and patients with diabetes type 1.
- Therefore, according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a method for improving glycemic control and/or for reducing of fasting plasma glucose, of postprandial plasma glucose and/or of glycosylated hemoglobin HbA1c in a patient in need thereof who is diagnosed with impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), impaired fasting blood glucose (IFG) with insulin resistance, with metabolic syndrome and/or with type 2 or type 1 diabetes mellitus characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition as defined hereinbefore and hereinafter is administered to the patient.
- According to another preferred embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a method for improving gycemic control in patients, in particular in adult patients, with type 2 diabetes mellitus as an adjunct to diet and exercise.
- Therefore, the method and/or use according to this invention is advantageously applicable in those patients who show one, two or more of the following conditions:
- (a) insufficient glycemic control with diet and exercise alone;
- (b) insufficient glycemic control despite oral monotherapy with metformin, in particular despite oral monotherapy at a maximal tolerated dose of metformin;
- (c) insufficient glycemic control despite oral monotherapy with another antidiabetic agent, in particular despite oral monotherapy at a maximal tolerated dose of the other antidiabetic agent.
- The lowering of the blood glucose level by the administration of a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention is insulin-independent. Therefore, a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention is particularly suitable in the treatment of patients who are diagnosed having one or more of the following conditions
-
- insulin resistance,
- hyperinsulinemia,
- pre-diabetes,
- type 2 diabetes mellitus, particular having a late stage type 2 diabetes mellitus,
- type 1 diabetes mellitus.
- Furthermore, a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention is particularly suitable in the treatment of patients who are diagnosed having one or more of the following conditions
- (a) obesity (including class I, II and/or III obesity), visceral obesity and/or abdominal obesity,
- (b) triglyceride blood level ≥150 mg/dL,
- (c) HDL-cholesterol blood level <40 mg/dL in female patients and <50 mg/dL in male patients,
- (d) a systolic blood pressure ≥130 mm Hg and a diastolic blood pressure ≥85 mm Hg,
- (e) a fasting blood glucose level ≥110 mg/dL.
- It is assumed that patients diagnosed with impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), impaired fasting blood glucose (IFG), with insulin resistance and/or with metabolic syndrome suffer from an increased risk of developing a cardiovascular disease, such as for example myocardial infarction, coronary heart disease, heart insufficiency, thromboembolic events. A glycemic control according to this invention may result in a reduction of the cardiovascular risks.
- A pharmaceutical composition according to this invention exhibits a good safety profile. Therefore, a treatment or prophylaxis according to this invention is advantageously possible in those patients for which the mono-therapy with another antidiabetic drug is contraindicated and/or who have an intolerance against such drugs at therapeutic doses. In particular, a treatment or prophylaxis according to this invention may be advantageously possible in those patients showing or having an increased risk for one or more of the following disorders: renal insufficiency or diseases, cardiac diseases, cardiac failure, hepatic diseases, pulmonal diseases, catabolytic states and/or danger of lactate acidosis, or female patients being pregnant or during lactation.
- Furthermore, it can be found that the administration of a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention results in no risk or in a low risk of hypoglycemia. Therefore, a treatment or prophylaxis according to this invention is also advantageously possible in those patients showing or having an increased risk for hypoglycemia.
- A pharmaceutical composition according to this invention is particularly suitable in the long term treatment or prophylaxis of the diseases and/or conditions as described hereinbefore and hereinafter, in particular in the long term glycemic control in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus.
- The term “long term” as used hereinbefore and hereinafter indicates a treatment of or administration in a patient within a period of time longer than 12 weeks, preferably longer than 25 weeks, even more preferably longer than 1 year.
- Therefore, a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention provides a method for therapy, preferably oral therapy, for improvement, especially long term improvement, of glycemic control in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus, especially in patients with late stage type 2 diabetes mellitus, in particular in patients additionally diagnosed of overweight, obesity (including class I, class II and/or class III obesity), visceral obesity and/or abdominal obesity.
- According to another aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for preventing, slowing the progression of, delaying or treating of a condition or disorder selected from the group consisting of complications of diabetes mellitus such as cataracts and micro- and macrovascular diseases, such as dyslipidemia, nephropathy, retinopathy, neuropathy, tissue ischaemia, diabetic foot, arteriosclerosis, myocardial infarction, accute coronary syndrome, unstable angina pectoris, stable angina pectoris, stroke, peripheral arterial occlusive disease, cardiomyopathy, heart failure, heart rhythm disorders and vascular restenosis, in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient. In particular one or more aspects of diabetic nephropathy such as hyperperfusion, proteinuria and albuminuria may be treated, their progression slowed or their onset delayed or prevented. The term “tissue ischaemia” particularly comprises diabetic macroangiopathy, diabetic microangiopathy, impaired wound healing and diabetic ulcer. The terms “micro- and macrovascular diseases” and “micro- and macrovascular complications” are used interchangeably in this application.
- According to another aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for preventing, slowing the progression of, delaying or treating a metabolic disorder selected from the group consisting of type 2 diabetes mellitus, impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), impaired fasting blood glucose (IFG), hyperglycemia, postprandial hyperglycemia, overweight, obesity, metabolic syndrome, gestational diabetes and diabetes related to cystic fibrosis in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- According to another aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for improving glycemic control and/or for reducing of fasting plasma glucose, of postprandial plasma glucose and/or of glycosylated hemoglobin HbA1c in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- The pharmaceutical composition according to this invention may also have valuable disease-modifying properties with respect to diseases or conditions related to impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), impaired fasting blood glucose (IFG), insulin resistance and/or metabolic syndrome.
- According to another aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for preventing, slowing, delaying or reversing progression from impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), impaired fasting blood glucose (IFG), insulin resistance and/or from metabolic syndrome to type 2 diabetes mellitus in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- As by the use of a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention, an improvement of the glycemic control in patients in need thereof is obtainable, also those conditions and/or diseases related to or caused by an increased blood glucose level may be treated.
- By the administration of a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention excessive blood glucose levels are not converted to insoluble storage forms, like fat, but excreted through the urine of the patient. It can be seen that loss of fat may account for the majority of the observed weight loss whereas no significant changes in body water or protein content are observed. Therefore, no gain in weight or even a reduction in body weight is the result.
- According to another aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for reducing body weight and/or body fat or preventing an increase in body weight and/or body fat or facilitating a reduction in body weight and/or body fat in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- By the administration of a combination or pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention, an abnormal accumulation of ectopic fat, in particular of the liver, may be reduced or inhibited. Therefore, according to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method for preventing, slowing, delaying or treating diseases or conditions attributed to an abnormal accumulation of ectopic fat, in particular of the liver, in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient. Diseases or conditions which are attributed to an abnormal accumulation of liver fat are particularly selected from the group consisting of general fatty liver, non-alcoholic fatty liver (NAFL), non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), hyperalimentation-induced fatty liver, diabetic fatty liver, alcoholic-induced fatty liver or toxic fatty liver.
- Another aspect of the invention provides a method for maintaining and/or improving the insulin sensitivity and/or for treating or preventing hyperinsulinemia and/or insulin resistance in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- According to another aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for preventing, slowing progression of, delaying, or treating new onset diabetes after transplantation (NODAT) and/or post-transplant metabolic syndrome (PTMS) in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- According to a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for preventing, delaying, or reducing NODAT and/or PTMS associated complications including micro- and macrovascular diseases and events, graft rejection, infection, and death in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- The pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is capable of facilitating the lowering of serum total urate levels in the patient. Therefore according to another aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for treating hyperuricemia and hyperuricemia-associated conditions, such as for example gout, hypertension and renal failure, in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- The administration of a pharmaceutical composition increases the urine excretion of glucose. This increase in osmotic excretion and water release and the lowering of urate levels are beneficial as a treatment or prevention for kidney stones. Therefore in a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for treating or preventing kidney stones in a patient in need thereof characterized in that a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention is administered to the patient.
- The invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention for use in a method as described hereinbefore and hereinafter.
- The invention also relates to a use of a pharmaceutical composition according to this invention for the manufacture of a medicament for use in a method as described hereinbefore and hereinafter.
- The term “active ingredient” of a pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention means the SGLT2 inhibitor, the DPP-4 inhibitor and/or metformin according to the present invention.
- The term “body mass index” or “BMI” of a human patient is defined as the weight in kilograms divided by the square of the height in meters, such that BMI has units of kg/m2.
- The term “overweight” is defined as the condition wherein the individual has a BMI greater than or 25 kg/m2 and less than 30 kg/m2. The terms “overweight” and “pre-obese” are used interchangeably.
- The term “obesity” is defined as the condition wherein the individual has a BMI equal to or greater than 30 kg/m2. According to a WHO definition the term obesity may be categorized as follows: the term “class I obesity” is the condition wherein the BMI is equal to or greater than 30 kg/m2 but lower than 35 kg/m2; the term “class II obesity” is the condition wherein the BMI is equal to or greater than 35 kg/m2 but lower than 40 kg/m2; the term “class III obesity” is the condition wherein the BMI is equal to or greater than 40 kg/m2.
- The term “visceral obesity” is defined as the condition wherein a waist-to-hip ratio of greater than or equal to 1.0 in men and 0.8 in women is measured. It defines the risk for insulin resistance and the development of pre-diabetes.
- The term “abdominal obesity” is usually defined as the condition wherein the waist circumference is >40 inches or 102 cm in men, and is >35 inches or 94 cm in women. With regard to a Japanese ethnicity or Japanese patients abdominal obesity may be defined as waist circumference ≥85 cm in men and ≥90 cm in women (see e.g. investigating committee for the diagnosis of metabolic syndrome in Japan).
- The term “euglycemia” is defined as the condition in which a subject has a fasting blood glucose concentration within the normal range, greater than 70 mg/dL (3.89 mmol/L) and less than 100 mg/dL (5.6 mmol/L). The word “fasting” has the usual meaning as a medical term.
- The term “hyperglycemia” is defined as the condition in which a subject has a fasting blood glucose concentration above the normal range, greater than 100 mg/dL (5.6 mmol/L). The word “fasting” has the usual meaning as a medical term.
- The term “hypoglycemia” is defined as the condition in which a subject has a blood glucose concentration below the normal range, in particular below 70 mg/dL (3.89 mmol/L) or even below 60 mg/dl.
- The term “postprandial hyperglycemia” is defined as the condition in which a subject has a 2 hour postprandial blood glucose or serum glucose concentration greater than 200 mg/dL (11.1 mmol/L).
- The term “impaired fasting blood glucose” or “IFG” is defined as the condition in which a subject has a fasting blood glucose concentration or fasting serum glucose concentration in a range from 100 to 125 mg/dl (i.e. from 5.6 to 6.9 mmol/l), in particular greater than 110 mg/dL and less than 126 mg/dl (7.00 mmol/L). A subject with “normal fasting glucose” has a fasting glucose concentration smaller than 100 mg/dl, i.e. smaller than 5.6 mmol/l.
- The term “impaired glucose tolerance” or “IGT” is defined as the condition in which a subject has a 2 hour postprandial blood glucose or serum glucose concentration greater than 140 mg/dl (7.8 mmol/L) and less than 200 mg/dL (11.11 mmol/L). The abnormal glucose tolerance, i.e. the 2 hour postprandial blood glucose or serum glucose concentration can be measured as the blood sugar level in mg of glucose per dL of plasma 2 hours after taking 75 g of glucose after a fast. A subject with “normal glucose tolerance” has a 2 hour postprandial blood glucose or serum glucose concentration smaller than 140 mg/dl (7.8 mmol/L).
- The term “hyperinsulinemia” is defined as the condition in which a subject with insulin resistance, with or without euglycemia, has fasting or postprandial serum or plasma insulin concentration elevated above that of normal, lean individuals without insulin resistance, having a waist-to-hip ratio <1.0 (for men) or <0.8 (for women).
- The terms “insulin-sensitizing”, “insulin resistance-improving” or “insulin resistance-lowering” are synonymous and used interchangeably.
- The term “insulin resistance” is defined as a state in which circulating insulin levels in excess of the normal response to a glucose load are required to maintain the euglycemic state (Ford E S, et al. JAMA. (2002) 287:356-9). A method of determining insulin resistance is the euglycaemic-hyperinsulinaemic clamp test. The ratio of insulin to glucose is determined within the scope of a combined insulin-glucose infusion technique. There is found to be insulin resistance if the glucose absorption is below the 25th percentile of the background population investigated (WHO definition). Rather less laborious than the clamp test are so called minimal models in which, during an intravenous glucose tolerance test, the insulin and glucose concentrations in the blood are measured at fixed time intervals and from these the insulin resistance is calculated. With this method, it is not possible to distinguish between hepatic and peripheral insulin resistance.
- Furthermore, insulin resistance, the response of a patient with insulin resistance to therapy, insulin sensitivity and hyperinsulinemia may be quantified by assessing the “homeostasis model assessment to insulin resistance (HOMA-IR)” score, a reliable indicator of insulin resistance (Katsuki A, et al. Diabetes Care 2001; 24: 362-5). Further reference is made to methods for the determination of the HOMA-index for insulin sensitivity (Matthews et al., Diabetologia 1985, 28: 412-19), of the ratio of intact proinsulin to insulin (Forst et al., Diabetes 2003, 52(Supp1.1): A459) and to an euglycemic clamp study. In addition, plasma adiponectin levels can be monitored as a potential surrogate of insulin sensitivity. The estimate of insulin resistance by the homeostasis assessment model (HOMA)-IR score is calculated with the formula (Galvin P, et al. Diabet Med 1992; 9:921-8):
-
HOMA-IR=[fasting serum insulin (μU/mL)]×[fasting plasma glucose(mmol/L)/22.5] - As a rule, other parameters are used in everyday clinical practice to assess insulin resistance. Preferably, the patient's triglyceride concentration is used, for example, as increased triglyceride levels correlate significantly with the presence of insulin resistance.
- Patients with a predisposition for the development of IGT or IFG or type 2 diabetes are those having euglycemia with hyperinsulinemia and are by definition, insulin resistant. A typical patient with insulin resistance is usually overweight or obese, but this is not always the case. If insulin resistance can be detected, this is a particularly strong indication of the presence of pre-diabetes. Thus, it may be that in order to maintain glucose homoeostasis a person have e.g. 2-3 times as high endogenous insulin production as a healthy person, without this resulting in any clinical symptoms.
- The methods to investigate the function of pancreatic beta-cells are similar to the above methods with regard to insulin sensitivity, hyperinsulinemia or insulin resistance: An improvement of beta-cell function can be measured for example by determining a HOMA-index for beta-cell function (Matthews et al., Diabetologia 1985, 28: 412-19), the ratio of intact proinsulin to insulin (Forst et al., Diabetes 2003, 52(Supp1.1): A459), the insulin/C-peptide secretion after an oral glucose tolerance test or a meal tolerance test, or by employing a hyperglycemic clamp study and/or minimal modeling after a frequently sampled intravenous glucose tolerance test (Stumvoll et al., Eur J Clin Invest 2001, 31: 380-81).
- The term “pre-diabetes” is the condition wherein an individual is pre-disposed to the development of type 2 diabetes. Pre-diabetes extends the definition of impaired glucose tolerance to include individuals with a fasting blood glucose within the high normal range 100 mg/dL (J. B. Meigs, et al. Diabetes 2003; 52:1475-1484) and fasting hyperinsulinemia (elevated plasma insulin concentration). The scientific and medical basis for identifying pre-diabetes as a serious health threat is laid out in a Position Statement entitled “The Prevention or Delay of Type 2 Diabetes” issued jointly by the American Diabetes Association and the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases (Diabetes Care 2002; 25:742-749).
- Individuals likely to have insulin resistance are those who have two or more of the following attributes: 1) overweight or obese, 2) high blood pressure, 3) hyperlipidemia, 4) one or more 1st degree relative with a diagnosis of IGT or IFG or type 2 diabetes. Insulin resistance can be confirmed in these individuals by calculating the HOMA-IR score. For the purpose of this invention, insulin resistance is defined as the clinical condition in which an individual has a HOMA-IR score >4.0 or a HOMA-IR score above the upper limit of normal as defined for the laboratory performing the glucose and insulin assays.
- The term “type 1 diabetes” is defined as the condition in which a subject has, in the presence of autoimmunity towards the pancreatic beta-cell or insulin, a fasting blood glucose or serum glucose concentration greater than 125 mg/dL (6.94 mmol/L). If a glucose tolerance test is carried out, the blood sugar level of a diabetic will be in excess of 200 mg of glucose per dL (11.1 mmol/l) of plasma 2 hours after 75 g of glucose have been taken on an empty stomach, in the presence of autoimmunity towards the pancreatic beta cell or insulin. In a glucose tolerance test 75 g of glucose are administered orally to the patient being tested after 10-12 hours of fasting and the blood sugar level is recorded immediately before taking the glucose and 1 and 2 hours after taking it. The presence of autoimmunity towards the pancreatic beta-cell may be observed by detection of circulating islet cell autoantibodies [“type 1A diabetes mellitus”], i.e., at least one of: GAD65 [glutamic acid decarboxylase-65], ICA [islet-cell cytoplasm], IA-2 [intracytoplasmatic domain of the tyrosine phosphatase-like protein IA-2], ZnT8 [zinc-transporter-8] or anti-insulin; or other signs of autoimmunity without the presence of typical circulating autoantibodies [type 1B diabetes], i.e. as detected through pancreatic biopsy or imaging). Typically a genetic predisposition is present (e.g. HLA, INS VNTR and PTPN22), but this is not always the case.
- The term “type 2 diabetes” is defined as the condition in which a subject has a fasting blood glucose or serum glucose concentration greater than 125 mg/dL (6.94 mmol/L). The measurement of blood glucose values is a standard procedure in routine medical analysis. If a glucose tolerance test is carried out, the blood sugar level of a diabetic will be in excess of 200 mg of glucose per dL (11.1 mmol/l) of plasma 2 hours after 75 g of glucose have been taken on an empty stomach. In a glucose tolerance test 75 g of glucose are administered orally to the patient being tested after 10-12 hours of fasting and the blood sugar level is recorded immediately before taking the glucose and 1 and 2 hours after taking it. In a healthy subject, the blood sugar level before taking the glucose will be between 60 and 110 mg per dL of plasma, less than 200 mg per dL 1 hour after taking the glucose and less than 140 mg per dL after 2 hours. If after 2 hours the value is between 140 and 200 mg, this is regarded as abnormal glucose tolerance.
- The term “late stage type 2 diabetes mellitus” includes patients with a secondary drug failure, indication for insulin therapy and progression to micro- and macrovascular complications e.g. diabetic nephropathy, or coronary heart disease (CHD).
- The term “HbA1c” refers to the product of a non-enzymatic glycation of the haemoglobin B chain. Its determination is well known to one skilled in the art. In monitoring the treatment of diabetes mellitus the HbA1c value is of exceptional importance. As its production depends essentially on the blood sugar level and the life of the erythrocytes, the HbA1c in the sense of a “blood sugar memory” reflects the average blood sugar levels of the preceding 4-6 weeks. Diabetic patients whose HbA1c value is consistently well adjusted by intensive diabetes treatment (i.e. <6.5% of the total haemoglobin in the sample), are significantly better protected against diabetic microangiopathy. For example, metformin on its own achieves an average improvement in the HbA1c value in the diabetic of the order of 1.0-1.5%. This reduction of the HbA1C value is not sufficient in all diabetics to achieve the desired target range of <6.5% and preferably <6% HbA1c.
- The term “insufficient glycemic control” or “inadequate glycemic control” in the scope of the present invention means a condition wherein patients show HbA1c values above 6.5%, in particular above 7.0%, even more preferably above 7.5%, especially above 8%.
- The “metabolic syndrome”, also called “syndrome X” (when used in the context of a metabolic disorder), also called the “dysmetabolic syndrome” is a syndrome complex with the cardinal feature being insulin resistance (Laaksonen D E, et al. Am J Epidemiol 2002; 156:1070-7). According to the ATP III/NCEP guidelines (Executive Summary of the Third Report of the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol in Adults (Adult Treatment Panel III) JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association (2001) 285:2486-2497), diagnosis of the metabolic syndrome is made when three or more of the following risk factors are present:
-
- 1. Abdominal obesity, defined as waist circumference >40 inches or 102 cm in men, and >35 inches or 94 cm in women; or with regard to a Japanese ethnicity or Japanese patients defined as waist circumference ≥85 cm in men and ≥90 cm in women;
- 2. Triglycerides: ≥150 mg/dL
- 3. HDL-cholesterol <40 mg/dL in men
- 4. Blood pressure ≥130/85 mm Hg (SBP ≥130 or DBP ≥85)
- 5. Fasting blood glucose ≥100 mg/dL
- The NCEP definitions have been validated (Laaksonen D E, et al. Am J Epidemiol. (2002) 156:1070-7). Triglycerides and HDL cholesterol in the blood can also be determined by standard methods in medical analysis and are described for example in Thomas L (Editor): “Labor and Diagnose”, TH-Books Verlagsgesellschaft mbH, Frankfurt/Main, 2000.
- According to a commonly used definition, hypertension is diagnosed if the systolic blood pressure (SBP) exceeds a value of 140 mm Hg and diastolic blood pressure (DBP) exceeds a value of 90 mm Hg. If a patient is suffering from manifest diabetes it is currently recommended that the systolic blood pressure be reduced to a level below 130 mm Hg and the diastolic blood pressure be lowered to below 80 mm Hg.
- The definitions of NODAT (new onset diabetes after transplantation) and PTMS (post-transplant metabolic syndrome) follow closely that of the American Diabetes Association diagnostic criteria for type 2 diabetes, and that of the International Diabetes Federation (IDF) and the American Heart Association/National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, for the metabolic syndrome. NODAT and/or PTMS are associated with an increased risk of micro- and macrovascular disease and events, graft rejection, infection, and death. A number of predictors have been identified as potential risk factors related to NODAT and/or PTMS including a higher age at transplant, male gender, the pre-transplant body mass index, pre-transplant diabetes, and immunosuppression.
- The term “gestational diabetes” (diabetes of pregnancy) denotes a form of the diabetes which develops during pregnancy and usually ceases again immediately after the birth. Gestational diabetes is diagnosed by a screening test which is carried out between the 24th and 28th weeks of pregnancy. It is usually a simple test in which the blood sugar level is measured one hour after the administration of 50 g of glucose solution. If this 1 h level is above 140 mg/dl, gestational diabetes is suspected. Final confirmation may be obtained by a standard glucose tolerance test, for example with 75 g of glucose.
- The term “hyperuricemia” denotes a condition of high serum total urate levels. In human blood, uric acid concentrations between 3.6 mg/dL (ca. 214 μmol/L) and 8.3 mg/dL (ca. 494 μmol/L) are considered normal by the American Medical Association. High serum total urate levels, or hyperuricemia, are often associated with several maladies. For example, high serum total urate levels can lead to a type of arthritis in the joints known as gout. Gout is a condition created by a build up of monosodium urate or uric acid crystals on the articular cartilage of joints, tendons and surrounding tissues due to elevated concentrations of total urate levels in the blood stream. The build up of urate or uric acid on these tissues provokes an inflammatory reaction of these tissues. Saturation levels of uric acid in urine may result in kidney stone formation when the uric acid or urate crystallizes in the kidney. Additionally, high serum total urate levels are often associated with the so-called metabolic syndrome, including cardiovascular disease and hypertension.
- The terms “treatment” and “treating” comprise therapeutic treatment of patients having already developed said condition, in particular in manifest form. Therapeutic treatment may be symptomatic treatment in order to relieve the symptoms of the specific indication or causal treatment in order to reverse or partially reverse the conditions of the indication or to stop or slow down progression of the disease. Thus the compositions and methods of the present invention may be used for instance as therapeutic treatment over a period of time as well as for chronic therapy.
- The terms “prophylactically treating”, “preventivally treating” and “preventing” are used interchangeably and comprise a treatment of patients at risk to develop a condition mentioned hereinbefore, thus reducing said risk.
- Other or further features and advantages of the present invention will become apparent from the following examples. The following examples serve to illustrate, by way of example, the principles of the invention without restricting it.
- The following examples (as well as the features or aspects included therein) relate to particularly interesting embodiments or aspects of the present invention.
- Linagliptin/Metformin HCl extended-release fixed-dose-combination tablets are film-coated tablets manufactured using typical processes and equipment for wet-granulation, tableting and film-coating. The core tablet contains metformin HCl for extended-release and may be based on an expandable polymeric swelling formulation that increases gastric retention and extends drug release from the matrix. This metformin HCl core tablet may be film-coated (spray-coated) with up to four layers (e.g. barrier coat layer, immediate-release active coat layer, color coat layer, final coat layer), one of which (active coat layer) contains the active pharmaceutical ingredient linagliptin to add the immediate-release active component.
- Tablet Coating—Barrier Coat
- Purified water is charged into a stainless steel mixing vessel equipped with a suitable mixer. While mixing at a speed that ensures vortex formation, the Film Forming System is added and mixed for at least 20 minutes. Mixing of the coating solution is continued throughout the coating operation. An appropriate quantity of metformin HCl extended release cores are charged to the coating pan of the perforated coating system equipped with a peristaltic pump and two spray nozzles. After the cores are preheated, pan rotation and spraying of the coating suspension begin. A fixed amount of the barrier coating suspension, which incorporates approximately 15% excess to account for losses during spraying, is applied to the cores. For example, the cores are coated to obtain a weight gain of 6%; to account for losses during spraying, an amount of coating solution equivalent to approximately 6.9% weight gain is used for spraying. Upon completion of the application of the coating solution, the cores are dried (target pan speed 3 rpm, target inlet air temperature 55° C.) for 15 minutes. The barrier-coated cores are then allowed to cool (product temperature not more than 35° C.).
- Tablet Coating—Linagliptin Active Coat
- Purified water is charged into a stainless steel mixing vessel equipped with a suitable mixer. While mixing at a speed that ensures vortex formation, each component polyethylene glycol (PEG 6000), L-arginine, linagliptin, talc and the Film Forming System (HPMC 2910-3 and PEG 8000) is added. The coating suspension is mixed for at least 20 minutes or until the last component added is homogenized. An appropriate quantity of barrier-coated tablet cores are charged to the coating pan of the perforated coating system equipped with a peristaltic pump and two spray nozzles. After the cores are preheated, pan rotation and spraying of the coating suspension begin. A fixed amount of the active coating suspension, which incorporates approximately 10% excess to account for losses during spraying, is applied. For example, the cores are coated to obtain a weight gain of 4.7%; to account for losses during spraying, an amount of coating solution equivalent to approximately 5.4% weight gain is used for spraying. Upon completion of the application of the coating solution, the cores are dried (target pan speed 3 rpm, target inlet air temperature 55° C.) for 15 minutes. The active-coated cores are then allowed to cool (product temperature not more than 35° C.).
- The following compositions can be obtained.
-
TABLE A Linagliptin/Metformin HCl extended release formulation, FDC 2.5 mg/750 mg Component mg/tablet Extended release core Metformin hydrochloride (Metformin HCl) 750 Polyethylene Oxide 355.2 (e.g. high molecular weight such as about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303) Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Hypromellose) 25.5 (e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as HPMC 2910-5 (Methocel E5)) Magnesium Stearate 11.3 Barrier coat: Film Forming System: 68.2 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMCs of 3 cP, 6 cP and 50 cP, such as HPMC 2910-3 (e.g. 19.46% w/w), HPMC 2910-6 (e.g. 16.68% w/w) and HPMC 2910-50 (e.g. 2.79% w/w)), Polydextrose (e.g. 25.94% w/w), Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 2.70% w/w), Titanium dioxide (e.g. 32.43% w/w), Purified water * Active (API) coat: Linagliptin (as API) 2.5 Film Forming System: 40.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMC of 3 cP, such as HPMC 2910-3, e.g. 95% w/w) Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 5% w/w) L-Arginine 10.0 Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 6000) 10.0 Talc 9.0 Purified water * * Processing agent water used in manufacturing and removed by drying -
TABLE B Linagliptin/Metformin HCl extended release formulation, FDC 2.5 mg/1000 mg Component mg/tablet Extended release core Metformin hydrochloride (Metformin HCl) 1000 Polyethylene Oxide 370 (e.g. high molecular weight such as about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303) Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Hypromellose) 34.0 (e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as HPMC 2910-5 (Methocel E5)) Magnesium Stearate 15.0 Barrier coat: Film Forming System: 85.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMCs of 3 cP, 6 cP and 50 cP, such as HPMC 2910-3 (e.g. 19.46% w/w), HPMC 2910-6 (e.g. 16.68% w/w) and HPMC 2910-50 (e.g. 2.79% w/w)), Polydextrose (e.g. 25.94% w/w), Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 2.70% w/w), Titanium dioxide (e.g. 32.43% w/w), Purified water * Active (API) coat: Linagliptin (as API) 2.5 Film Forming System: 40.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMC of 3 cP, such as HPMC 2910-3, e.g. 95% w/w) Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 5% w/w) L-Arginine 10.0 Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 6000) 10.0 Talc 9.0 Purified water * * Processing agent water used in manufacturing and removed by drying -
TABLE C Linagliptin/Metformin HCl extended release formulation, FDC 5 mg/1000 mg Component mg/tablet Extended release core Metformin hydrochloride (Metformin HCl) 1000 Polyethylene Oxide 370 (e.g. high molecular weight such as about 7,000,000, such as WSR-303) Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Hypromellose) 34.0 (e.g. viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C., such as HPMC 2910-5 (Methocel E5)) Magnesium Stearate 15.0 Barrier coat: Film Forming System: 85.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMCs of 3 cP, 6 cP and 50 cP, such as HPMC 2910-3 (e.g. 19.46% w/w), HPMC 2910-6 (e.g. 16.68% w/w) and HPMC 2910-50 (e.g. 2.79% w/w)), Polydextrose (e.g. 25.94% w/w), Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 2.70% w/w), Titanium dioxide (e.g. 32.43% w/w), Purified water * Active (API) coat: Linagliptin (as API) 5.0 Film Forming System: 40.0 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMC of 3 cP, such as HPMC 2910-3, e.g. 95% w/w) Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000, e.g. 5% w/w) L-Arginine 20.0 Polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 6000) 10.0 Talc 9.0 Purified water * * Processing agent water used in manufacturing and removed by drying - Optionally, the above compositions may be further coated by a color coat layer and/or a clear final coat. Typically, the color coat and the final coat may represent 1-4% w/w (preferably 1-2% w/w) of the total composition and each comprise one or more film-forming agents, one or more plasticizers, one or more optional glidants, and one or more optional pigments and/or colors. For example, a color coat may comprise hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMC of 3 cP and/or HPMC of 6 cP), polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000), titanium dioxide and a color or lake. For example, a final coat may comprise hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (e.g. HPMC of 3 cP) and polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 8000) as well as a polishing wax (e.g. carnauba wax).
Claims (16)
1. A pharmaceutical composition comprising:
a) an inner extended release tablet core consisting of metformin hydrochloride, poly(ethylene oxide) as swelling and/or extended release polymer, low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose as binder, and magnesium stearate as lubricant, wherein the metformin hydrochloride is present in a unit dosage strength of 1000 mg;
b) an immediate release coating comprising 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene and one or more excipients, wherein the 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene is present in a unit dosage strength of 5, 10, 12.5 or 25 mg; and
c) a barrier coating present between said inner extended release tablet core and said immediate release coating,
wherein said pharmaceutical composition is a tablet for oral administration,
wherein the barrier coating is a film coat formulation consisting of:
one or more film-coating agents selected from a mixture of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) and polydextrose,
polyethylene glycol and titanium dioxide.
2. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 , wherein said polyethylene glycol is polyethylene glycol 8000.
3. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 , wherein
the barrier coating has a weight in the range from 50 to 100 mg, or
the barrier coating has a weight of 68 mg or 85 mg.
4. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 further comprising a color and/or final coating.
5. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 4 , wherein the color and/or final coating is each a film coat formulation independently comprising:
one or more film-coating agents selected from hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polydextrose, methacrylic and/or acrylic polymer, or a mixture thereof,
optionally one or more plasticizers selected from polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, tributyl sebacate and/or triacetin, or a mixture thereof,
optionally a glidant selected from talc, magnesium stearate and fumed silica, and
optionally one or more pigments and/or colorants.
6. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 4 , wherein the color and/or final coating is each a film coat formulation independently comprising a film-coating agent, a plasticizer, and, optionally, a glidant, one or more pigments and/or colors.
7. A method of treating and/or preventing (including slowing the progression and/or delaying the onset) of metabolic diseases, especially type 2 diabetes mellitus and conditions related thereto (e.g. diabetic complications) comprising administering a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 :
either in type 2 diabetes patients who have not been previously treated with an antihyperglycemic agent,
or in type 2 diabetes patients with insufficient glycemic control despite therapy with one or two conventional antihyperglycemic agents selected from metformin, sulphonylureas, thiazolidinediones, glinides, alpha-glucosidase blockers, GLP-1 or GLP-1 analogues, and insulin or insulin analogues.
8. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 5 , wherein said pigment is titanium dioxide.
9. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 , wherein the immediate release coating comprises a film coat formulation of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, said film coat formulation comprising 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, a film-coating agent, a plasticizer, and, optionally, a glidant.
10. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 , wherein the immediate release coating comprises a film coat formulation of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, said film coat formulation comprising 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, one or more film-coating agents, one or more plasticizers, and, optionally, a glidant.
11. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 , wherein the immediate release coating comprises a film coat formulation of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, said film coat formulation comprising 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose as film-coating agent, polyethylene glycol as plasticizer, and, optionally, a glidant.
12. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 , wherein the immediate release coating comprises:
10-25% w/w of polyethylene glycol,
5-35% w/w of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene,
40-70% w/w of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose,
5-20% w/w of talc,
wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating.
13. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 , wherein the immediate release coating comprises:
8-20% w/w of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000,
5-35% w/w of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene,
40-70% w/w of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose,
0-5% w/w of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000,
5-20% w/w of talc,
wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating.
14. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 , wherein the immediate release coating comprises:
10-18% w/w of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000,
5-35% w/w of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene,
40-65% w/w of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose,
2-4% w/w of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000,
8-16% w/w of talc,
wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating.
15. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 , wherein
a) the extended release tablet core comprises:
60-75% w/w of the metformin hydrochloride,
2-3% w/w of the hydroxypropyl methylcellulose,
23-35% w/w of the polyethylene oxide,
0.5-2% w/w magnesium stearate,
wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the extended release tablet core, and
wherein the content of metformin hydrochloride is 1000 mg,
b) the barrier coating consists of polydextrose, hydroxypropylmethylcelluloses, polyethylene glycol and titanium dioxide; and
c) the immediate release coating comprises
8-20% w/w of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000,
5-35% w/w of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene,
40-70% w/w of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose,
0-5% w/w of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000,
5-20% w/w of talc,
wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating, and
wherein the content of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene is 5, 10, 12.5 or 25 mg.
16. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1 , wherein
a) the extended release tablet core comprises
60-75% w/w of the metformin hydrochloride,
2-3% w/w of the hydroxypropyl methylcellulose of viscosity about 5 mPas for a 2% solution in water at 20° C.,
23-35% w/w of the polyethylene oxide of high molecular weight of about 7,000,000,
0.5-2% w/w magnesium stearate,
wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the extended release tablet core, and
wherein the content of metformin hydrochloride is 1000 mg,
b) the barrier coating consists of polydextrose, hydroxypropylmethylcelluloses of 3 to 50 cP, polyethylene glycol PEG 8000 and titanium dioxide, and wherein the barrier coating has a weight in the range from 50 to 100 mg; and
c) the immediate release coating comprises
10-18% w/w of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 6000,
5-35% w/w of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene,
40-65% w/w of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose,
2-4% w/w of polyethylene glycol of molecular weight of about 8000,
8-16% w/w of talc,
wherein % w/w relate to the weight of the immediate release coating, and
wherein the content of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene is 5, 10, 12.5 or 25 mg.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/831,459 US20220287980A1 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2022-06-03 | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201261607771P | 2012-03-07 | 2012-03-07 | |
US13/785,365 US9555001B2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2013-03-05 | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
US15/380,272 US20170095424A1 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2016-12-15 | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
US17/831,459 US20220287980A1 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2022-06-03 | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/380,272 Continuation US20170095424A1 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2016-12-15 | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220287980A1 true US20220287980A1 (en) | 2022-09-15 |
Family
ID=47827222
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/785,365 Active 2033-03-06 US9555001B2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2013-03-05 | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
US15/380,272 Abandoned US20170095424A1 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2016-12-15 | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
US17/831,459 Pending US20220287980A1 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2022-06-03 | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/785,365 Active 2033-03-06 US9555001B2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2013-03-05 | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
US15/380,272 Abandoned US20170095424A1 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2016-12-15 | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
Country Status (17)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US9555001B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2822544A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2015509519A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20140131950A (en) |
CN (1) | CN104220049A (en) |
AR (1) | AR090269A1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU2013229538A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2866421A1 (en) |
CL (1) | CL2014002325A1 (en) |
EA (1) | EA201400986A1 (en) |
HK (1) | HK1204953A1 (en) |
IN (1) | IN2014DN06501A (en) |
MX (1) | MX2014010560A (en) |
PH (1) | PH12014501984A1 (en) |
SG (1) | SG11201405509UA (en) |
TW (1) | TW201400144A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2013131967A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (52)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7407955B2 (en) | 2002-08-21 | 2008-08-05 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co., Kg | 8-[3-amino-piperidin-1-yl]-xanthines, the preparation thereof and their use as pharmaceutical compositions |
DE102004054054A1 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2006-05-11 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Process for preparing chiral 8- (3-amino-piperidin-1-yl) -xanthines |
US7772191B2 (en) | 2005-05-10 | 2010-08-10 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Processes for preparing of glucopyranosyl-substituted benzyl-benzene derivatives and intermediates therein |
EP1852108A1 (en) | 2006-05-04 | 2007-11-07 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH & Co.KG | DPP IV inhibitor formulations |
CA2810522A1 (en) | 2006-05-04 | 2007-11-15 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Polymorphs |
PE20080251A1 (en) | 2006-05-04 | 2008-04-25 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | USES OF DPP IV INHIBITORS |
AR071175A1 (en) | 2008-04-03 | 2010-06-02 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES AN INHIBITOR OF DIPEPTIDIL-PEPTIDASA-4 (DPP4) AND A COMPARING PHARMACO |
UY32030A (en) | 2008-08-06 | 2010-03-26 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | "TREATMENT FOR DIABETES IN INAPPROPRIATE PATIENTS FOR THERAPY WITH METFORMIN" |
BRPI0916997A2 (en) | 2008-08-06 | 2020-12-15 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | DPP-4 INHIBITOR AND ITS USE |
US20200155558A1 (en) | 2018-11-20 | 2020-05-21 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Treatment for diabetes in patients with insufficient glycemic control despite therapy with an oral antidiabetic drug |
JP2012512848A (en) | 2008-12-23 | 2012-06-07 | ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング | Salt forms of organic compounds |
AR074990A1 (en) | 2009-01-07 | 2011-03-02 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | TREATMENT OF DIABETES IN PATIENTS WITH AN INAPPROPRIATE GLUCEMIC CONTROL THROUGH METFORMIN THERAPY |
EA022349B1 (en) * | 2009-02-13 | 2015-12-30 | Бёрингер Ингельхайм Интернациональ Гмбх | Pharmaceutical composition comprising a sglt2 inhibitor, a dpp-iv inhibitor and a further antidiabetic agent and uses thereof |
KR101813025B1 (en) | 2009-09-30 | 2017-12-28 | 베링거 인겔하임 인터내셔날 게엠베하 | Processes for preparing of glucopyranosyl-substituted benzyl-benzene derivatives |
PL2483286T3 (en) | 2009-09-30 | 2017-04-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Method for the preparation of a crystalline form of 1-chloro-4-(beta-d-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-(4-((s)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)benzyl)benzene |
UY32919A (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2011-04-29 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | Pharmaceutical composition, pharmaceutical dosage form, procedure for its preparation, methods for its treatment and its uses |
BR112012012641A2 (en) | 2009-11-27 | 2020-08-11 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | TREATMENT OF GENOTYPED DIABETIC PATIENTS WITH DPP-lVTAL INHIBITORS LIKE LINAGLIPTIN |
CA2797310C (en) | 2010-05-05 | 2020-03-31 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Glp-1 receptor agonist and dpp-4 inhibitor combination therapy |
AU2011268940B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2015-05-21 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Diabetes therapy |
AR083878A1 (en) | 2010-11-15 | 2013-03-27 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | VASOPROTECTORA AND CARDIOPROTECTORA ANTIDIABETIC THERAPY, LINAGLIPTINA, TREATMENT METHOD |
UY33937A (en) | 2011-03-07 | 2012-09-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING DPP-4 AND / OR SGLT-2 AND METFORMIN INHIBITORS |
US8962636B2 (en) | 2011-07-15 | 2015-02-24 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Substituted quinazolines, the preparation thereof and the use thereof in pharmaceutical compositions |
US9555001B2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2017-01-31 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
US9192617B2 (en) | 2012-03-20 | 2015-11-24 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical composition, methods for treating and uses thereof |
EP2849755A1 (en) | 2012-05-14 | 2015-03-25 | Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH | A xanthine derivative as dpp -4 inhibitor for use in the treatment of podocytes related disorders and/or nephrotic syndrome |
WO2013174767A1 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2013-11-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | A xanthine derivative as dpp -4 inhibitor for use in modifying food intake and regulating food preference |
US20140100236A1 (en) | 2012-10-09 | 2014-04-10 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Use of selectively moisture-adjusted tabletting material in the production of mechanically stable tablets which contain at least one hydrate-forming active substance and/or adjuvant relevant to the mechanical stability of the tablets, particularly arginine-containing tablets |
WO2014080384A1 (en) * | 2012-11-26 | 2014-05-30 | Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited | Pharmaceutical composition of linagliptin |
US11813275B2 (en) | 2013-04-05 | 2023-11-14 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical composition, methods for treating and uses thereof |
PT2981271T (en) | 2013-04-05 | 2019-02-19 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | Therapeutic uses of empagliflozin |
US20140303097A1 (en) | 2013-04-05 | 2014-10-09 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical composition, methods for treating and uses thereof |
EP4000608A1 (en) | 2013-04-18 | 2022-05-25 | Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH | Pharmaceutical composition, methods for treating and uses thereof |
WO2015107536A2 (en) * | 2013-12-09 | 2015-07-23 | Intas Pharmaceuticals Limited | Fixed dose combination comprising linagliptin and metformin hci |
WO2015110962A1 (en) * | 2014-01-21 | 2015-07-30 | Wockhardt Limited | Solid oral pharmaceutical compositions comprising fixed dose combination of metformin and linagliptin or salts thereof |
WO2015128453A1 (en) | 2014-02-28 | 2015-09-03 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Medical use of a dpp-4 inhibitor |
US20160106677A1 (en) * | 2014-10-17 | 2016-04-21 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
KR101526825B1 (en) * | 2014-12-23 | 2015-06-08 | 주식회사 한독 | Pharmaceutical Compositions for The Treatment of Diabetes |
CN104856970B (en) * | 2015-06-23 | 2017-08-25 | 张磊 | A kind of vildagliptin tablet for treating type II diabetes |
CN105168166A (en) * | 2015-09-08 | 2015-12-23 | 深圳信立泰药业股份有限公司 | Coating technique of solid preparation for treating cardiovascular diseases |
WO2017093419A1 (en) * | 2015-12-04 | 2017-06-08 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical composition, methods for treating and uses thereof |
EP4233840A3 (en) | 2016-06-10 | 2023-10-18 | Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH | Combinations of linagliptin and metformin |
CN106421794A (en) * | 2016-09-27 | 2017-02-22 | 黑龙江珍宝岛药业股份有限公司 | Drug compound for treating type II diabetes and preparation method thereof |
CN109922813A (en) | 2016-11-10 | 2019-06-21 | 勃林格殷格翰国际有限公司 | Pharmaceutical composition, treatment method and application thereof |
WO2019066359A2 (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2019-04-04 | 한미약품 주식회사 | Combined pharmaceutical formulation comprising dapagliflozin l-proline and metformin |
KR102369679B1 (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2022-03-04 | 한미약품 주식회사 | Pharmaceutical combination comprising DAPAGLIFLOZIN L-PROLINE and METFORMIN |
KR102500835B1 (en) * | 2017-10-24 | 2023-02-17 | 한미약품 주식회사 | Complex Preparations Comprising Lingliptin and Metformin as an active ingredients and preparing method thereof |
EP4082532A4 (en) * | 2019-12-24 | 2024-03-13 | Hanmi Pharm. Co., Ltd. | Complex formulation comprising sitagliptin and dapagliflozin, and preparation method therefor |
CN113116842A (en) * | 2019-12-31 | 2021-07-16 | 广州玻思韬控释药业有限公司 | Stomach retention tablet |
CN111407730B (en) * | 2020-03-16 | 2022-02-25 | 杭州华东医药集团新药研究院有限公司 | Pharmaceutical composition containing linagliptin |
KR20220007446A (en) * | 2020-07-10 | 2022-01-18 | 한미약품 주식회사 | Composite formulation comprising sitagliptin and dapagliflozin and a process for the preparation thereof |
US11684596B2 (en) * | 2020-09-22 | 2023-06-27 | Elite Pharmaceuticals Solution Inc. | Antidiabetic pharmaceutical compositions and preparation method thereof |
EP4403168A1 (en) | 2023-01-18 | 2024-07-24 | Adamed Pharma S.A. | Fixed-dose combination composition of metformin and empagliflozin |
Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20010053791A1 (en) * | 2000-03-16 | 2001-12-20 | Babcock Walter C. | Glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor |
US6340475B2 (en) * | 1997-06-06 | 2002-01-22 | Depomed, Inc. | Extending the duration of drug release within the stomach during the fed mode |
US6348090B1 (en) * | 1997-01-06 | 2002-02-19 | Bpsi Holdings, Inc. | Film coatings and film coating compositions based on dextrin |
US20080221174A1 (en) * | 2006-08-30 | 2008-09-11 | Jagotec Ag | Controlled release nisoldipine compositions |
US20090226517A1 (en) * | 2008-02-06 | 2009-09-10 | Vinita Umashankar Vyas | Pharmaceutical formulations comprising duloxetine |
US20100298243A1 (en) * | 2006-11-09 | 2010-11-25 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Combination therapy with sglt-2 inhibitors and their pharmaceutical compositions |
WO2011060256A2 (en) * | 2009-11-13 | 2011-05-19 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Bilayer tablet formulations |
Family Cites Families (509)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2056046A (en) | 1933-05-19 | 1936-09-29 | Rhone Poulenc Sa | Manufacture of bases derived from benz-dioxane |
US2375138A (en) | 1942-05-01 | 1945-05-01 | American Cyanamid Co | Alkamine esters of aryloxymethyl benzoic acid |
US2629736A (en) | 1951-02-24 | 1953-02-24 | Searle & Co | Basically substituted n-alkyl derivatives of alpha, beta, beta-triarylpropionamides |
US2730544A (en) | 1952-07-23 | 1956-01-10 | Sahyun Lab | Alkylaminoalkyl esters of hydroxycyclohexylbenzoic acid |
US2750387A (en) | 1953-11-25 | 1956-06-12 | Searle & Co | Basically substituted derivatives of diarylaminobenzamides |
DE1211359B (en) | 1955-11-29 | 1966-02-24 | Oreal | Oxidant-free cold dye for human hair |
US2928833A (en) | 1959-03-03 | 1960-03-15 | S E Massengill Company | Theophylline derivatives |
US3174901A (en) | 1963-01-31 | 1965-03-23 | Jan Marcel Didier Aron Samuel | Process for the oral treatment of diabetes |
US3454635A (en) | 1965-07-27 | 1969-07-08 | Hoechst Ag | Benzenesulfonyl-ureas and process for their manufacture |
US3673241A (en) | 1968-04-04 | 1972-06-27 | Ciba Geigy Corp | Substituted benzaldehyde guanylhydrazones |
ES385302A1 (en) | 1970-10-22 | 1973-04-16 | Miquel S A Lab | Procedure for the obtaining of trisused derivatives of etilendiamine. (Machine-translation by Google Translate, not legally binding) |
NL167151C (en) | 1971-04-09 | 1981-11-16 | Acf Chemiefarma Nv | PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF MEDICINAL PRODUCTS WITH ANTI-PARASITARY ACTION ON THE BASIS OF HALOGEN CONTAINING THE 2,2'-METHYLENE DIFENOL DERIVATIVES, AND METHOD FOR PREPARING THESE MEDICINAL COMPOUNDS. |
DE2205815A1 (en) | 1972-02-08 | 1973-08-16 | Hoechst Ag | N-(oxazolin-2-yl)-piperazine - with antitussive activity |
JPS5512435B2 (en) | 1972-07-01 | 1980-04-02 | ||
US4005208A (en) | 1975-05-16 | 1977-01-25 | Smithkline Corporation | N-Heterocyclic-9-xanthenylamines |
US4061753A (en) | 1976-02-06 | 1977-12-06 | Interx Research Corporation | Treating psoriasis with transient pro-drug forms of xanthine derivatives |
NO154918C (en) | 1977-08-27 | 1987-01-14 | Bayer Ag | ANALOGUE PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF THERAPEUTIC ACTIVE DERIVATIVES OF 3,4,5-TRIHYDROXYPIPERIDINE. |
DE2758025A1 (en) | 1977-12-24 | 1979-07-12 | Bayer Ag | Tri:hydroxy-piperidine derivs. - useful as glucosidase inhibitors for treating diabetes etc. and as animal feed additives |
DE2929596A1 (en) | 1979-07-21 | 1981-02-05 | Hoechst Ag | METHOD FOR PRODUCING OXOALKYL XANTHINES |
DE2951135A1 (en) | 1979-12-19 | 1981-06-25 | Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt | SULFONYL UREAS, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS BASED ON THESE COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USE |
JPS5639056A (en) | 1980-07-16 | 1981-04-14 | Kanebo Ltd | Preparation of n,n,n',n'-tetraacylated nucleus halogenated aromatic diamine |
CY1306A (en) | 1980-10-01 | 1985-12-06 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Aminoalkyl furan derivative |
US4382091A (en) | 1981-04-30 | 1983-05-03 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Stabilization of 1-substituted imidazole derivatives in talc |
JPS58164502A (en) | 1982-03-26 | 1983-09-29 | Chugai Pharmaceut Co Ltd | Herbicidal composition |
FR2558162B1 (en) | 1984-01-17 | 1986-04-25 | Adir | NOVEL XANTHINE DERIVATIVES, PROCESSES FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM |
FI79107C (en) | 1984-06-25 | 1989-11-10 | Orion Yhtymae Oy | Process for the preparation of stable form of prazosin hydrochloride. |
AR240698A1 (en) | 1985-01-19 | 1990-09-28 | Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd | Process for the preparation of 5-(4-(2-(5-ethyl-2-pyridil)-ethoxy)benzyl)-2,4-thiazolodinedione and their salts |
US4786755A (en) | 1985-06-03 | 1988-11-22 | Warner-Lambert Company | Diphenic acid monoamides |
US4602023A (en) | 1985-06-03 | 1986-07-22 | Warner-Lambert Company | Diphenic acid monoamides |
GB8515934D0 (en) | 1985-06-24 | 1985-07-24 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | (4-piperidinomethyl and-hetero)purines |
US5258380A (en) | 1985-06-24 | 1993-11-02 | Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. | (4-piperidinylmethyl and -hetero)purines |
EP0223403B1 (en) | 1985-10-25 | 1993-08-04 | Beecham Group Plc | Piperidine derivative, its preparation, and its use as medicament |
US5433959A (en) | 1986-02-13 | 1995-07-18 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Stabilized pharmaceutical composition |
EP0237608B1 (en) | 1986-03-21 | 1992-01-29 | HEUMANN PHARMA GMBH & CO | Crystalline anhydrous sigma-form of 2-[4-(2-furoyl-(2-piperazin)-1-yl]-4-amino-6,7-dimethoxyquinazoline hydrochloride, and process for its preparation |
EP1498425A1 (en) | 1986-05-05 | 2005-01-19 | The General Hospital Corporation | Use of glucagone-like-peptide 1 (GLP-1) derivatives for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions |
AU619444B2 (en) | 1986-06-02 | 1992-01-30 | Nippon Chemiphar Co. Ltd. | 2-(2-aminobenzylsulfinyl)- benzimidazole derivatives |
US4802924A (en) * | 1986-06-19 | 1989-02-07 | Colorcon, Inc. | Coatings based on polydextrose for aqueous film coating of pharmaceutical food and confectionary products |
US4968672A (en) | 1987-01-02 | 1990-11-06 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Adenosine receptor prodrugs |
US4743450A (en) | 1987-02-24 | 1988-05-10 | Warner-Lambert Company | Stabilized compositions |
JPS6440433A (en) | 1987-08-05 | 1989-02-10 | Green Cross Corp | Aqueous liquid composition of thrombin |
US4786023A (en) | 1987-08-19 | 1988-11-22 | Harris Leverett D | Drafting implement holder |
EP0342675B1 (en) | 1988-05-19 | 1995-01-25 | Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha | Novel quinolonecarboxylic acid derivatives |
US5329025A (en) | 1988-09-21 | 1994-07-12 | G. D. Searle & Co. | 3-azido compound |
DE3926119A1 (en) | 1989-08-08 | 1991-02-14 | Bayer Ag | 3-AMINO-5-AMINOCARBONYL-1,2,4-TRIAZOLE DERIVATIVES |
US5234897A (en) | 1989-03-15 | 1993-08-10 | Bayer Aktiengesellschaft | Herbicidal 3-amino-5-aminocarbonyl-1,2,4-triazoles |
GB8906792D0 (en) | 1989-03-23 | 1989-05-10 | Beecham Wuelfing Gmbh & Co Kg | Treatment and compounds |
DE3916430A1 (en) | 1989-05-20 | 1990-11-22 | Bayer Ag | METHOD FOR PRODUCING 3-AMINO-5-AMINOCARBONYL-1,2,4-TRIAZOLE DERIVATIVES |
IL94390A (en) | 1989-05-30 | 1996-03-31 | Merck & Co Inc | Di-substituted imidazo fused 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycles and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US5332744A (en) | 1989-05-30 | 1994-07-26 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Substituted imidazo-fused 6-membered heterocycles as angiotensin II antagonists |
US5223499A (en) | 1989-05-30 | 1993-06-29 | Merck & Co., Inc. | 6-amino substituted imidazo[4,5-bipyridines as angiotensin II antagonists |
FI94339C (en) | 1989-07-21 | 1995-08-25 | Warner Lambert Co | Process for the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable [R- (R *, R *)] - 2- (4-fluorophenyl) -, - dihydroxy-5- (1-methylethyl) -3-phenyl-4 - [(phenylamino) carbonyl] -1H- for the preparation of pyrrole-1-heptanoic acid and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts |
HU208115B (en) | 1989-10-03 | 1993-08-30 | Biochemie Gmbh | New process for producting pleuromutilin derivatives |
FR2654935B1 (en) | 1989-11-28 | 1994-07-01 | Lvmh Rech | USE OF XANTHINES, WHICH MAY BE INCORPORATED IN LIPOSOMES, TO PROMOTE PIGMENTATION OF THE SKIN OR HAIR. |
ATE134624T1 (en) | 1990-02-19 | 1996-03-15 | Ciba Geigy Ag | ACYL COMPOUNDS |
KR930000861B1 (en) | 1990-02-27 | 1993-02-08 | 한미약품공업 주식회사 | Omeprazole rectal composition |
EP0475482B1 (en) | 1990-09-13 | 1994-10-05 | Akzo Nobel N.V. | Stabilized solid chemical compositions |
GB9020959D0 (en) | 1990-09-26 | 1990-11-07 | Beecham Group Plc | Novel compounds |
US5084460A (en) | 1990-12-24 | 1992-01-28 | A. H. Robins Company, Incorporated | Methods of therapeutic treatment with N-(3-ouinuclidinyl)-2-hydroxybenzamides and thiobenzamides |
US5614519A (en) | 1991-02-06 | 1997-03-25 | Karl Thomae Gmbh | (1-(2,3 or 4-N-morpholinoalkyl)-imidazol-4-yl)-benizimidazol-1-yl-methyl]-biphenyls useful as angiotensin-II antagonists |
US5602127A (en) | 1991-02-06 | 1997-02-11 | Karl Thomae Gmbh | (Alkanesultam-1-yl)-benzimidazol-1-yl)-1yl)-methyl-biphenyls useful as angiotensin-II antagonists |
US5594003A (en) | 1991-02-06 | 1997-01-14 | Dr. Karl Thomae Gmbh | Tetrahydroimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl-(benzimidazol-1-yl)-methyl-biphenyls useful as angiotensin-II antagonists |
GB9109862D0 (en) | 1991-05-08 | 1991-07-03 | Beecham Lab Sa | Pharmaceutical formulations |
DE4124150A1 (en) | 1991-07-20 | 1993-01-21 | Bayer Ag | SUBSTITUTED TRIAZOLES |
US5300298A (en) | 1992-05-06 | 1994-04-05 | The Pennsylvania Research Corporation | Methods of treating obesity with purine related compounds |
GB9215633D0 (en) | 1992-07-23 | 1992-09-09 | Smithkline Beecham Plc | Novel treatment |
DE69318077T2 (en) | 1992-07-31 | 1998-10-29 | Shionogi & Co | Triazolylthiomethylthiocephalosporin hydrochloride, its crystalline hydrate and its preparation |
TW252044B (en) | 1992-08-10 | 1995-07-21 | Boehringer Ingelheim Kg | |
DE4242459A1 (en) | 1992-12-16 | 1994-06-23 | Merck Patent Gmbh | imidazopyridines |
US5624926A (en) | 1993-02-18 | 1997-04-29 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Piperidinyl-dioxoquinazolines as adenosine reuptake inhibitors |
FR2707641B1 (en) | 1993-07-16 | 1995-08-25 | Fournier Ind & Sante | Compounds of imidazol-5-carboxamide, their process for preparing their intermediates and their use in therapy. |
DE4339868A1 (en) | 1993-11-23 | 1995-05-24 | Merck Patent Gmbh | imidazopyridazines |
DE4404183A1 (en) | 1994-02-10 | 1995-08-17 | Merck Patent Gmbh | 4-amino-1-piperidylbenzoylguanidine |
US5545745A (en) | 1994-05-23 | 1996-08-13 | Sepracor, Inc. | Enantioselective preparation of optically pure albuterol |
CO4410190A1 (en) | 1994-09-19 | 1997-01-09 | Lilly Co Eli | 3- [4- (2-AMINOETOXI) -BENZOIL] -2-ARIL-6-HYDROXYBENZO [b] CRYSTALLINE THIOPHEN |
WO1996011917A1 (en) | 1994-10-12 | 1996-04-25 | Euro-Celtique, S.A. | Novel benzoxazoles |
GB9501178D0 (en) | 1995-01-20 | 1995-03-08 | Wellcome Found | Guanine derivative |
EP0825993A1 (en) | 1995-05-19 | 1998-03-04 | Chiroscience Limited | Xanthines and their therapeutic use |
GB9523752D0 (en) | 1995-11-21 | 1996-01-24 | Pfizer Ltd | Pharmaceutical formulations |
DE19543478A1 (en) | 1995-11-22 | 1997-05-28 | Bayer Ag | Crystalline hydrochloride of {(R) - (-) - 2N- [4- (1,1-dioxido-3-oxo-2,3-dihydrobenzisothiazol-2-yl) -buytl] aminomethyl} -chroman |
FR2742751B1 (en) | 1995-12-22 | 1998-01-30 | Rhone Poulenc Rorer Sa | NOVEL TAXOIDS, THEIR PREPARATION AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM |
ATE215068T1 (en) | 1995-12-26 | 2002-04-15 | Alteon Inc | N-ACYLAMINOALKYLHYDRAZINECARBOXIMIDAMIDE |
DE122010000020I1 (en) | 1996-04-25 | 2010-07-08 | Prosidion Ltd | Method for lowering the blood glucose level in mammals |
US5965555A (en) | 1996-06-07 | 1999-10-12 | Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft | Xanthine compounds having terminally animated alkynol side chains |
WO1997046526A1 (en) | 1996-06-07 | 1997-12-11 | Eisai Co., Ltd. | Stable polymorphs of donepezil (1-benzyl-4-[(5,6-dimethoxy-1-indanon)-2-yl]methylpiperidine) hydrochloride and process for production |
US5958951A (en) | 1996-06-14 | 1999-09-28 | Novo Nordiskials | Modified form of the R(-)-N-(4,4-di(3-methylthien-2-yl)but-3-enyl)-nipecotic acid hydrochloride |
US5753635A (en) | 1996-08-16 | 1998-05-19 | Berlex Laboratories, Inc. | Purine derivatives and their use as anti-coagulants |
WO1998011893A1 (en) | 1996-09-23 | 1998-03-26 | Eli Lilly And Company | Olanzapine dihydrate d |
JP2001502703A (en) | 1996-10-28 | 2001-02-27 | ノボ ノルディスク アクティーゼルスカブ | Method for preparing (-)-3,4-trans-diarylchroman |
UA65549C2 (en) | 1996-11-05 | 2004-04-15 | Елі Ліллі Енд Компані | Use of glucagon-like peptides such as glp-1, glp-1 analog, or glp-1 derivative in methods and compositions for reducing body weight |
ATE366584T1 (en) | 1996-11-12 | 2007-08-15 | Novo Nordisk As | USE OF GLP-1 PEPTIDES |
GB9623859D0 (en) | 1996-11-15 | 1997-01-08 | Chiroscience Ltd | Novel compounds |
CN1733296B (en) | 1996-12-24 | 2010-05-26 | 拜奥根Idec马萨诸塞公司 | Stable liquid interferon formulations |
AU6024998A (en) | 1997-01-15 | 1998-08-07 | Glycomed Incorporated | Aryl c-glycoside compounds and sulfated esters thereof |
DE19705233A1 (en) | 1997-02-12 | 1998-08-13 | Froelich Juergen C | Preparation of stable, orally administered arginine solutions |
US6011049A (en) | 1997-02-19 | 2000-01-04 | Warner-Lambert Company | Combinations for diabetes |
CN1113649C (en) | 1997-03-13 | 2003-07-09 | 赫克萨尔股份公司 | Stabilization of acid sensitive benzimidazoles with amino acid/cyclodextrin combinations |
US5972332A (en) | 1997-04-16 | 1999-10-26 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Wound treatment with keratinocytes on a solid support enclosed in a porous material |
US6635280B2 (en) | 1997-06-06 | 2003-10-21 | Depomed, Inc. | Extending the duration of drug release within the stomach during the fed mode |
ZA984697B (en) | 1997-06-13 | 1999-12-01 | Lilly Co Eli | Stable insulin formulations. |
JPH11124392A (en) | 1997-10-21 | 1999-05-11 | Sankyo Co Ltd | C-glycosylated aryltin compound |
NZ504452A (en) | 1997-12-05 | 2002-05-31 | Astrazeneca Uk Ltd | [3,4-d]Pyridazinones, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
ID21411A (en) | 1997-12-10 | 1999-06-10 | Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd | AGENTS TO TREAT GLUCOSE RESISTANCE THAT IS RISK OF HIGH DAMAGED |
JPH11193270A (en) | 1997-12-26 | 1999-07-21 | Koei Chem Co Ltd | Production of optically active 1-methyl-3-piperidinemethanol |
AU1688599A (en) | 1998-01-05 | 1999-07-26 | Eisai Co. Ltd. | Purine derivatives and adenosine a2 receptor antagonists serving as preventives/remedies for diabetes |
EP1052994A2 (en) | 1998-02-02 | 2000-11-22 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Use of dipeptidylpetidase inhibitors to regulate glucose metabolism |
NZ506202A (en) | 1998-03-19 | 2003-10-31 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Biphasic controlled release delivery system for high solubility pharmaceuticals and method |
US6099859A (en) | 1998-03-20 | 2000-08-08 | Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Controlled release oral tablet having a unitary core |
IL138521A0 (en) | 1998-03-31 | 2001-10-31 | Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd | Pyridazinone hydrochloride compound and method for producing the same |
EP0950658A1 (en) | 1998-04-13 | 1999-10-20 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | 2-Pipirazinone-1-acetic acid dihydrochloride derivative used to inhibit platelet aggregation |
US6207207B1 (en) | 1998-05-01 | 2001-03-27 | Mars, Incorporated | Coated confectionery having a crispy starch based center and method of preparation |
DE19823831A1 (en) | 1998-05-28 | 1999-12-02 | Probiodrug Ges Fuer Arzneim | New pharmaceutical use of isoleucyl thiazolidide and its salts |
DE19828114A1 (en) | 1998-06-24 | 2000-01-27 | Probiodrug Ges Fuer Arzneim | Produgs of unstable inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase IV |
CO5150173A1 (en) | 1998-12-10 | 2002-04-29 | Novartis Ag | COMPOUNDS N- (REPLACED GLYCLE) -2-DIPEPTIDYL-IV PEPTIDASE INHIBITING CYANOPIRROLIDINS (DPP-IV) WHICH ARE EFFECTIVE IN THE TREATMENT OF CONDITIONS MEDIATED BY DPP-IV INHIBITION |
US6613806B1 (en) | 1999-01-29 | 2003-09-02 | Basf Corporation | Enhancement of the efficacy of benzoylbenzenes |
IT1312018B1 (en) | 1999-03-19 | 2002-04-04 | Fassi Aldo | IMPROVED PROCEDURE FOR THE PRODUCTION OF NON HYGROSCOPICIDAL SALTS OF L (-) - CARNITINE. |
AU4431000A (en) | 1999-05-12 | 2000-12-05 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Novel use |
US20040152659A1 (en) | 1999-05-12 | 2004-08-05 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. | Method for the treatment of parkinson's disease comprising administering an A1A2a receptor dual antagonist |
AU5294100A (en) | 1999-05-27 | 2000-12-18 | University Of Virginia Patent Foundation | Method and compositions for treating the inflammatory response |
US6545002B1 (en) | 1999-06-01 | 2003-04-08 | University Of Virginia Patent Foundation | Substituted 8-phenylxanthines useful as antagonists of A2B adenosine receptors |
WO2000078735A1 (en) | 1999-06-21 | 2000-12-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Kg | Bicyclic heterocycles, medicaments containing these compounds, their use and methods for the production thereof |
US6448323B1 (en) * | 1999-07-09 | 2002-09-10 | Bpsi Holdings, Inc. | Film coatings and film coating compositions based on polyvinyl alcohol |
ES2166270B1 (en) | 1999-07-27 | 2003-04-01 | Almirall Prodesfarma Sa | DERIVATIVES OF 8-PHENYL-6,9-DIHIDRO- (1,2,4,) TRIAZOLO (3,4-I) PURIN-5-ONA. |
SK286600B6 (en) | 1999-08-31 | 2009-02-05 | Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd | Glucopyranosyloxypyrazole derivatives, medicinal compositions containing the same and intermediates in the production thereof |
US6515117B2 (en) | 1999-10-12 | 2003-02-04 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | C-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method |
PH12000002657B1 (en) | 1999-10-12 | 2006-02-21 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | C-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors |
US6586438B2 (en) | 1999-11-03 | 2003-07-01 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. | Antidiabetic formulation and method |
GB9928330D0 (en) | 1999-11-30 | 2000-01-26 | Ferring Bv | Novel antidiabetic agents |
AU777776B2 (en) | 1999-12-23 | 2004-10-28 | Novartis Ag | Use of hypoglycemic agent for treating impaired glucose metabolism |
BR0107456A (en) | 2000-01-07 | 2002-10-08 | Transform Pharmaceuticals Inc | Sample formation, methods of preparing a formation of multiple solid forms of a compound of interest, of screening a plurality of solid forms of a compound of interest and conditions and / or components for compatibility with one or more selected solid forms of a compound of interest, to identify optimal solid forms of a compound of interest and to determine sets of conditions and / or components to produce solid forms of a compound of interest, a set of processing parameters and / or components and the conditions and / or components that produce a compound of interest or a diastereomeric derivative and system for identifying optimal solid forms of a compound of interest |
US6362172B2 (en) | 2000-01-20 | 2002-03-26 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Water soluble prodrugs of azole compounds |
DK1741447T3 (en) | 2000-01-21 | 2013-12-09 | Novartis Ag | Combinations comprising dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors and antidiabetic agents |
JP4621326B2 (en) | 2000-02-01 | 2011-01-26 | エーザイ・アール・アンド・ディー・マネジメント株式会社 | Teprenone stabilized composition |
US6627611B2 (en) | 2000-02-02 | 2003-09-30 | Kotobuki Pharmaceutical Co Ltd | C-glycosides and preparation of thereof as antidiabetic agents |
JP4456768B2 (en) | 2000-02-02 | 2010-04-28 | 壽製薬株式会社 | Drug containing C-glycoside |
CA2369076A1 (en) | 2000-02-05 | 2001-08-09 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Pyrazole compositions useful as inhibitors of erk |
WO2001062295A1 (en) | 2000-02-24 | 2001-08-30 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Drugs containing combined active ingredients |
EP1132389A1 (en) | 2000-03-06 | 2001-09-12 | Vernalis Research Limited | New aza-indolyl derivatives for the treatment of obesity |
US6395767B2 (en) | 2000-03-10 | 2002-05-28 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Cyclopropyl-fused pyrrolidine-based inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase IV and method |
GB0006133D0 (en) | 2000-03-14 | 2000-05-03 | Smithkline Beecham Plc | Novel pharmaceutical |
JP2001278812A (en) | 2000-03-27 | 2001-10-10 | Kyoto Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd | Disintegrant for tablet and tablet using the same |
US6683056B2 (en) | 2000-03-30 | 2004-01-27 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | O-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method |
BR0109553A (en) | 2000-03-31 | 2003-06-03 | Probiodrug Ag | Method for the improvement of islet signaling in diabetes mellitus and its prevention |
JP2001292388A (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2001-10-19 | Sharp Corp | Reproducing device |
GB0008694D0 (en) | 2000-04-07 | 2000-05-31 | Novartis Ag | Organic compounds |
WO2001096301A1 (en) | 2000-06-14 | 2001-12-20 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Processes for producing racemic piperidine derivative and for producing optically active piperidine derivative |
US7078397B2 (en) | 2000-06-19 | 2006-07-18 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Combinations of dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors and other antidiabetic agents for the treatment of diabetes mellitus |
GB0014969D0 (en) | 2000-06-19 | 2000-08-09 | Smithkline Beecham Plc | Novel method of treatment |
US6488962B1 (en) | 2000-06-20 | 2002-12-03 | Depomed, Inc. | Tablet shapes to enhance gastric retention of swellable controlled-release oral dosage forms |
MXPA02012272A (en) | 2000-07-04 | 2003-04-25 | Novo Nordisk As | Heterocyclic compounds, which are inhibitors of the enzyme dpp-iv. |
ATE556048T1 (en) | 2000-08-10 | 2012-05-15 | Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corp | PROLINE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS REMEDIES |
US6821978B2 (en) | 2000-09-19 | 2004-11-23 | Schering Corporation | Xanthine phosphodiesterase V inhibitors |
CA2423568C (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2011-03-15 | Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Glucopyranosyloxybenzylbenzene derivatives and medicinal compositions containing the same |
US6790459B1 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2004-09-14 | Andrx Labs, Llc | Methods for treating diabetes via administration of controlled release metformin |
US6866866B1 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2005-03-15 | Andrx Labs, Llc | Controlled release metformin compositions |
US20060034922A1 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2006-02-16 | Andrx Labs, Llc | Controlled release metformin compositions |
EP1344780A4 (en) | 2000-11-30 | 2004-01-28 | Kissei Pharmaceutical | Glucopyranosyloxybenzyl benzene derivatives, medicinal compositions containing the same and intermediates in the production thereof |
JPWO2002051836A1 (en) | 2000-12-27 | 2004-04-22 | 協和醗酵工業株式会社 | Dipeptidyl peptidase-IV inhibitor |
ES2326158T3 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2009-10-02 | Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | DERIVATIVES OF GLUCOPIRANOSILOXIPIRAZOL AND ITS USE AS MEDICINES. |
FR2819254B1 (en) | 2001-01-08 | 2003-04-18 | Fournier Lab Sa | NOVEL N- (PHENYLSULFONYL) GLYCINE COMPOUNDS, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USE FOR OBTAINING PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS |
DE10117803A1 (en) | 2001-04-10 | 2002-10-24 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | New 8-substituted-xanthine derivatives, useful e.g. for treating diabetes and arthritis, act by inhibiting dipeptidylpeptidase-IV |
DE10109021A1 (en) | 2001-02-24 | 2002-09-05 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | New 8-substituted-xanthine derivatives, useful e.g. for treating diabetes and arthritis, act by inhibiting dipeptidylpeptidase-IV |
ATE366724T1 (en) | 2001-02-02 | 2007-08-15 | Takeda Pharmaceutical | CONDENSED HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVES |
TWI255817B (en) | 2001-02-14 | 2006-06-01 | Kissei Pharmaceutical | Glucopyranosyloxybenzylbenzene derivatives and medicinal use thereof |
US6649187B2 (en) | 2001-02-16 | 2003-11-18 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company | Use of polyalkylamine polymers in controlled release devices |
ES2282386T3 (en) | 2001-02-24 | 2007-10-16 | BOEHRINGER INGELHEIM PHARMA GMBH & CO.KG | DERIVATIVES OF XANTINA, ITS PREPARATION AND ITS USE AS MEDICATIONS. |
US6936590B2 (en) | 2001-03-13 | 2005-08-30 | Bristol Myers Squibb Company | C-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method |
US6693094B2 (en) | 2001-03-22 | 2004-02-17 | Chrono Rx Llc | Biguanide and sulfonylurea formulations for the prevention and treatment of insulin resistance and type 2 diabetes mellitus |
JP3698067B2 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2005-09-21 | Jsr株式会社 | Monomer having electron-withdrawing group and electron-donating group, copolymer using the same, and proton conducting membrane |
US6774112B2 (en) | 2001-04-11 | 2004-08-10 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Amino acid complexes of C-aryl glucosides for treatment of diabetes and method |
JP2002348279A (en) | 2001-05-25 | 2002-12-04 | Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd | Production method for optically active pyridylketone derivatives and optically active pyridylketone derivatives |
DE10130371A1 (en) | 2001-06-23 | 2003-01-02 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | New drug compositions based on anticholinergics, corticosteroids and betamimetics |
GB0115517D0 (en) | 2001-06-25 | 2001-08-15 | Ferring Bv | Novel antidiabetic agents |
WO2003002553A2 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2003-01-09 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Fluoropyrrolidines as dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors |
CA2450722A1 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2003-01-09 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Fluoropyrrolidines as dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors |
US6869947B2 (en) | 2001-07-03 | 2005-03-22 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Heterocyclic compounds that are inhibitors of the enzyme DPP-IV |
EP1404675B1 (en) | 2001-07-03 | 2008-03-12 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Dpp-iv-inhibiting purine derivatives for the treatment of diabetes |
UA74912C2 (en) | 2001-07-06 | 2006-02-15 | Merck & Co Inc | Beta-aminotetrahydroimidazo-(1,2-a)-pyrazines and tetratriazolo-(4,3-a)-pyrazines as inhibitors of dipeptylpeptidase for the treatment or prevention of diabetes |
US7638522B2 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2009-12-29 | Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. | Salt of 4-[[4-[[4-(2-cyanoethenyl)-2,6-dimethylphenyl]amino]-2-pyrimidinyl]amino] benzonitrile |
US20030087843A1 (en) | 2001-09-05 | 2003-05-08 | Washburn William N. | O-pyrazole glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method of use |
WO2003024965A2 (en) | 2001-09-19 | 2003-03-27 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Heterocyclic compounds that are inhibitors of the enzyme dpp-iv |
WO2003031458A1 (en) | 2001-10-12 | 2003-04-17 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute | Methods for synthesis of diarylmethanes |
IL161335A0 (en) | 2001-10-15 | 2004-09-27 | Hemoteq Gmbh | Coating of stents for preventing restenosis |
UY27487A1 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2003-05-30 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | PIRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES, MEDICATIONS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS, THEIR EMPLOYMENT AND PROCEDURE FOR PREPARATION |
DE10151296A1 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2003-04-30 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | Keratinocytes useful as a biologically active substance in the treatment of wounds |
US6723340B2 (en) | 2001-10-25 | 2004-04-20 | Depomed, Inc. | Optimal polymer mixtures for gastric retentive tablets |
US6861440B2 (en) | 2001-10-26 | 2005-03-01 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | DPP IV inhibitors |
US20030083354A1 (en) | 2001-10-26 | 2003-05-01 | Pediamed Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Phenylephrine tannate and pyrilamine tannate salts in pharmaceutical compositions |
CA2363053C (en) | 2001-11-09 | 2011-01-25 | Bernard Charles Sherman | Clopidogrel bisulfate tablet formulation |
EP1457487A4 (en) | 2001-12-21 | 2005-06-22 | Toray Finechemicals Co Ltd | Process for production of optically active cis-piperidine derivatives |
US6727261B2 (en) | 2001-12-27 | 2004-04-27 | Hoffman-La Roche Inc. | Pyrido[2,1-A]Isoquinoline derivatives |
DE60323823D1 (en) | 2002-01-11 | 2008-11-13 | Novo Nordisk As | METHOD AND COMPOSITION FOR THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES, HYPERTENSION, CHRONIC HEART FAILURE AND LIQUID RETENTION CONDITIONS |
PT1467712E (en) | 2002-01-16 | 2008-01-09 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | Bilayer pharmaceutical tablet comprising telmisartan and hydrochlorothiazide |
EP1333033A1 (en) | 2002-01-30 | 2003-08-06 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH & Co.KG | FAP-activated anti-tumor compounds |
WO2003063831A2 (en) | 2002-02-01 | 2003-08-07 | Pfizer Products Inc. | Immediate release dosage forms containing solid drug dispersions |
US7610153B2 (en) | 2002-02-13 | 2009-10-27 | Virginia Commonwealth University | Multi-drug titration and evaluation |
JP4704685B2 (en) * | 2002-02-21 | 2011-06-15 | バイオヴェイル ラボラトリーズ インターナショナル エスアールエル | Sustained release formulation |
EP1338595B1 (en) | 2002-02-25 | 2006-05-03 | Eisai Co., Ltd. | Xanthine derivatives as DPP-IV inhibitors |
HUP0200849A2 (en) | 2002-03-06 | 2004-08-30 | Sanofi-Synthelabo | N-aminoacetyl-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and process for producing them |
GB0206215D0 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2002-05-01 | Novartis Ag | Organic compounds |
JP4298212B2 (en) | 2002-03-29 | 2009-07-15 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Method for producing high melting point type epinastine hydrochloride |
JP2003300977A (en) | 2002-04-10 | 2003-10-21 | Sumitomo Pharmaceut Co Ltd | Xanthine derivative |
AU2003226051A1 (en) | 2002-04-16 | 2003-11-03 | Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Solid forms of salts with tyrosine kinase activity |
JP4424203B2 (en) | 2002-04-26 | 2010-03-03 | 味の素株式会社 | Diabetes prevention and treatment |
AU2003231252A1 (en) | 2002-05-09 | 2003-11-11 | Enos Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the treatment and prevention of intermittent claudication or alzheimer's disease |
GB0212412D0 (en) | 2002-05-29 | 2002-07-10 | Novartis Ag | Combination of organic compounds |
AR040232A1 (en) | 2002-05-31 | 2005-03-23 | Schering Corp | PROCESS TO PREPARE INHIBITORS OF XANTINA FOSFODIESTERASA V, AND PRECURSORS OF THE SAME |
JP3675813B2 (en) | 2002-06-06 | 2005-07-27 | エーザイ株式会社 | New condensed imidazole derivatives |
FR2840897B1 (en) | 2002-06-14 | 2004-09-10 | Fournier Lab Sa | NOVEL ARYLSULFONAMIDE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE IN THERAPEUTICS |
US20040002615A1 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2004-01-01 | Allen David Robert | Preparation of chiral amino-nitriles |
DE10231370B4 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2006-04-06 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Thiophene glycoside derivatives, medicaments containing these compounds and methods of making these medicaments |
US20040023981A1 (en) | 2002-07-24 | 2004-02-05 | Yu Ren | Salt forms with tyrosine kinase activity |
TW200409746A (en) | 2002-07-26 | 2004-06-16 | Theravance Inc | Crystalline β2 adrenergic receptor agonist |
TWI254635B (en) | 2002-08-05 | 2006-05-11 | Yamanouchi Pharma Co Ltd | Azulene derivative and salt thereof |
ATE469161T1 (en) | 2002-08-08 | 2010-06-15 | Kissei Pharmaceutical | PYRAZOLE DERIVATIVE, MEDICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING SAME, MEDICAL USE THEREOF, AND INTERMEDIATE FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF |
TW200404796A (en) | 2002-08-19 | 2004-04-01 | Ono Pharmaceutical Co | Nitrogen-containing compound |
CN100522962C (en) | 2002-08-21 | 2009-08-05 | 贝林格尔英格海姆法玛两合公司 | 8-[3-amino-piperidin-1-yl]-xanthines, the preparation thereof and their use as pharmaceutical compositions |
DE10238243A1 (en) | 2002-08-21 | 2004-03-04 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | New 8-(3-amino-piperidin-1-yl)-xanthine derivatives are dipeptidylpeptidase-IV inhibitors useful for, e.g. treating diabetes mellitus, arthritis or obesity |
US7407955B2 (en) | 2002-08-21 | 2008-08-05 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co., Kg | 8-[3-amino-piperidin-1-yl]-xanthines, the preparation thereof and their use as pharmaceutical compositions |
US7569574B2 (en) | 2002-08-22 | 2009-08-04 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Purine derivatives, the preparation thereof and their use as pharmaceutical compositions |
DE10238477A1 (en) | 2002-08-22 | 2004-03-04 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | New purine derivatives, their production and their use as medicines |
DE10238470A1 (en) | 2002-08-22 | 2004-03-04 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | New xanthine derivatives, their production and their use as medicines |
US7495005B2 (en) | 2002-08-22 | 2009-02-24 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Xanthine derivatives, their preparation and their use in pharmaceutical compositions |
DE10238724A1 (en) | 2002-08-23 | 2004-03-04 | Bayer Ag | New 6-alkyl-1,5-dihydro-4H-pyrazolo-(3,4-d)-pyrimidin-4-ones useful as selective phosphodiesterase 9A inhibitors for improving attention, concentration, learning and/or memory performance |
DE10238723A1 (en) | 2002-08-23 | 2004-03-11 | Bayer Ag | Phenyl substituted pyrazolyprimidines |
WO2004024184A1 (en) | 2002-09-11 | 2004-03-25 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Sustained release preparation |
CA2498931A1 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2004-03-25 | Wyeth | Delayed release formulations for oral administration of a polypeptide therapeutic agent and methods of using same |
JPWO2004028524A1 (en) | 2002-09-26 | 2006-01-19 | エーザイ株式会社 | Concomitant medication |
AU2003269850A1 (en) | 2002-10-08 | 2004-05-04 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Hemisuccinate salts of heterocyclic dpp-iv inhibitors |
US20040122048A1 (en) | 2002-10-11 | 2004-06-24 | Wyeth Holdings Corporation | Stabilized pharmaceutical composition containing basic excipients |
US6861526B2 (en) | 2002-10-16 | 2005-03-01 | Pfizer Inc. | Process for the preparation of (S,S)-cis-2-benzhydryl-3-benzylaminoquinuclidine |
UA78612C2 (en) | 2002-10-18 | 2007-04-10 | Merck & Co Inc | Dipeptidylpeptidase-iv inhibitors for treatment or prevention of diseases |
JP2004161749A (en) | 2002-10-24 | 2004-06-10 | Toray Fine Chemicals Co Ltd | Method for producing optically active, nitrogen-containing compound |
AU2003280680A1 (en) | 2002-11-01 | 2004-06-18 | Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. | Xanthine compound |
EP1562925B1 (en) | 2002-11-07 | 2007-01-03 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Phenylalanine derivatives as dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors for the treatment or prevention of diabetes |
US7482337B2 (en) | 2002-11-08 | 2009-01-27 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Xanthine derivatives, the preparation thereof and their use as pharmaceutical compositions |
DE10251927A1 (en) | 2002-11-08 | 2004-05-19 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | New 1,7,8-trisubstituted xanthine derivatives, are dipeptidylpeptidase-IV inhibitors useful e.g. for treating diabetes mellitus type I or II, arthritis or obesity |
JP3567162B1 (en) | 2002-11-20 | 2004-09-22 | 日本たばこ産業株式会社 | 4-oxoquinoline compounds and their use as HIV integrase inhibitors |
DK1564210T5 (en) | 2002-11-20 | 2010-05-03 | Japan Tobacco Inc | 4-Oxoquinoline Compounds and Their Use as HIV Integrase Inhibitors |
DE10254304A1 (en) | 2002-11-21 | 2004-06-03 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | New xanthine derivatives, their production and their use as medicines |
US7109192B2 (en) | 2002-12-03 | 2006-09-19 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co Kg | Substituted imidazo-pyridinones and imidazo-pyridazinones, the preparation thereof and their use as pharmaceutical compositions |
UY28103A1 (en) | 2002-12-03 | 2004-06-30 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | NEW IMIDAZO-PIRIDINONAS REPLACED, ITS PREPARATION AND ITS EMPLOYMENT AS MEDICATIONS |
JP4651934B2 (en) | 2002-12-04 | 2011-03-16 | キッセイ薬品工業株式会社 | Benzylphenol derivative, pharmaceutical composition containing it, and pharmaceutical use thereof |
JP2006512334A (en) | 2002-12-10 | 2006-04-13 | ノバルティス アクチエンゲゼルシャフト | Combination of DPP-IV inhibitor and PPAR-alpha compound |
DE10258007B4 (en) | 2002-12-12 | 2006-02-09 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Aromatic fluoroglycoside derivatives, medicaments containing these compounds and methods for the preparation of these medicaments |
DE10258008B4 (en) | 2002-12-12 | 2006-02-02 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Heterocyclic fluoroglycoside derivatives, medicaments containing these compounds and methods of making these medicaments |
DE10351663A1 (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2004-07-01 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Stable, accurately dosable inhalable powder medicament for treating asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, containing tiotropium, specific form of salmeterol xinafoate and auxiliary |
US20040152720A1 (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2004-08-05 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Powdered medicaments containing a tiotropium salt and salmeterol xinafoate |
KR20050090437A (en) | 2003-01-03 | 2005-09-13 | 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 | Methods of producing c-aryl glucoside sglt2 inhibitors |
EP2174663A1 (en) | 2003-01-08 | 2010-04-14 | Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc. | Stabilized aqueous compositions comprising tissue factor pathway inhibitor (TFPI) or tissue factor pathway inhibitor variant |
KR101078098B1 (en) | 2003-01-14 | 2011-10-28 | 아레나 파마슈티칼스, 인크. | - 123-Trisubstituted Aryl and Heteroaryl Derivatives as Modulators of Metabolism and the Prophylaxis and Treatment of Disorders Related Thereto such as Diabetes and Hyperglycemia |
DE10335027A1 (en) | 2003-07-31 | 2005-02-17 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Use of telmisartan and simvastatin for treatment or prophylaxis of cardiovascular, cardiopulmonary and renal diseases e.g. hypertension combined with hyperlipidemia or atherosclerosis |
PE20040950A1 (en) | 2003-02-14 | 2005-01-01 | Theravance Inc | BIPHENYL DERIVATIVES AS AGONISTS OF ß2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTORS AND AS ANTAGONISTS OF MUSCARINAL RECEPTORS |
JP2004250336A (en) | 2003-02-18 | 2004-09-09 | Kao Corp | Method for producing coated tablet and sugar-coated tablet |
WO2004076470A2 (en) | 2003-02-27 | 2004-09-10 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | A non-cryogenic process for forming glycosides |
US7135575B2 (en) | 2003-03-03 | 2006-11-14 | Array Biopharma, Inc. | P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof |
US7442387B2 (en) | 2003-03-06 | 2008-10-28 | Astellas Pharma Inc. | Pharmaceutical composition for controlled release of active substances and manufacturing method thereof |
MXPA05009564A (en) | 2003-03-12 | 2005-11-17 | Univ Arizona | Weak base salts. |
KR101001850B1 (en) | 2003-03-14 | 2010-12-17 | 고토부키 세이야쿠 가부시키가이샤 | C-glycoside derivatives and salts thereof, and a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same |
MXPA05009933A (en) | 2003-03-18 | 2005-11-04 | Novartis Ag | Compositions comprising fatty acids and amino acids. |
JPWO2004096806A1 (en) | 2003-04-30 | 2006-07-13 | 大日本住友製薬株式会社 | Condensed imidazole derivatives |
US20040220186A1 (en) | 2003-04-30 | 2004-11-04 | Pfizer Inc. | PDE9 inhibitors for treating type 2 diabetes,metabolic syndrome, and cardiovascular disease |
US7674486B2 (en) | 2003-05-14 | 2010-03-09 | Indus Biotech Pvt. Ltd. | Synergistic composition for the treatment of diabetes mellitus |
TW200510277A (en) | 2003-05-27 | 2005-03-16 | Theravance Inc | Crystalline form of β2-adrenergic receptor agonist |
AU2004252075A1 (en) | 2003-06-03 | 2005-01-06 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Compositions and methods for treatment of disease with acetylated disaccharides |
AU2003902828A0 (en) | 2003-06-05 | 2003-06-26 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Dpp-iv inhibitor |
JP2004359630A (en) | 2003-06-06 | 2004-12-24 | Yamanouchi Pharmaceut Co Ltd | Difluorodiphenylmethane derivative and its salt |
DE10327439A1 (en) | 2003-06-18 | 2005-01-05 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Novel imidazopyridazinone and imidazopyridone derivatives, their production and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US7566707B2 (en) | 2003-06-18 | 2009-07-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Imidazopyridazinone and imidazopyridone derivatives, the preparation thereof and their use as pharmaceutical compositions |
DK1638970T3 (en) | 2003-06-20 | 2011-01-03 | Hoffmann La Roche | Pyrid (2,1-A) -isoquinoline derivatives as DPP-IV inhibitors |
EP1638968B1 (en) | 2003-06-20 | 2009-07-29 | F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Hexahydropyridoisoqinolines as dpp-iv inhibitors |
JO2625B1 (en) | 2003-06-24 | 2011-11-01 | ميرك شارب اند دوم كوربوريشن | Phosphoric acid salt of a dipeptidyl peptidase-IV inhibitor |
AR045047A1 (en) | 2003-07-11 | 2005-10-12 | Arena Pharm Inc | ARILO AND HETEROARILO DERIVATIVES TRISUSTITUIDOS AS MODULATORS OF METABOLISM AND PROFILAXIS AND TREATMENT OF DISORDERS RELATED TO THEMSELVES |
RS20060018A (en) | 2003-07-14 | 2007-12-31 | Arena Pharmaceuticals Inc., | Fused-aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto |
ATE457166T1 (en) | 2003-07-24 | 2010-02-15 | Wockhardt Ltd | ORAL COMPOSITIONS FOR TREATING DIABETES |
WO2005012318A2 (en) | 2003-08-01 | 2005-02-10 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | Substituted fused heterocyclic c-glycosides |
ZA200600424B (en) | 2003-08-01 | 2007-05-30 | Genelabs Tech Inc | Bicyclic imidazol derivatives against flaviviridae |
US6995183B2 (en) | 2003-08-01 | 2006-02-07 | Bristol Myers Squibb Company | Adamantylglycine-based inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase IV and methods |
EP2514756B1 (en) | 2003-08-01 | 2014-12-17 | Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation | Novel compounds having inhibitory activity against sodium-dependant glucose transporter |
JP4131216B2 (en) | 2003-08-20 | 2008-08-13 | Jsr株式会社 | Polyarylene, production method thereof, solid polymer electrolyte and proton conducting membrane |
CA2539032A1 (en) | 2003-08-26 | 2005-03-10 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Glucopyranosyloxy-pirazoles, drugs containing said compounds the use and production method thereof |
US7375090B2 (en) | 2003-08-26 | 2008-05-20 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Glucopyranosyloxy-pyrazoles, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds, the use thereof and processed for the preparation thereof |
US20070190022A1 (en) | 2003-08-29 | 2007-08-16 | Bacopoulos Nicholas G | Combination methods of treating cancer |
JP2007505121A (en) | 2003-09-08 | 2007-03-08 | 武田薬品工業株式会社 | Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitor |
WO2005032590A1 (en) | 2003-10-03 | 2005-04-14 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Remedy for diabetes |
US20050085680A1 (en) | 2003-10-21 | 2005-04-21 | Joseph Auerbach | Method for industrial decontamination |
EP1686994A2 (en) | 2003-11-17 | 2006-08-09 | Novartis AG | Use of dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors |
DE10355304A1 (en) | 2003-11-27 | 2005-06-23 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Novel 8- (piperazin-1-yl) and 8 - ([1,4] diazepan-1-yl) xanthines, their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20070219178A1 (en) | 2003-12-04 | 2007-09-20 | Eisai Co., Ltd. | Preventive or therapeutic agents for multiple sclerosis |
DE10359098A1 (en) | 2003-12-17 | 2005-07-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Novel 2- (piperazin-1-yl) and 2 - ([1,4] diazepan-1-yl) imidazo [4,5-d] pyridazin-4-ones, their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US7217711B2 (en) | 2003-12-17 | 2007-05-15 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Piperazin-1-yl and 2-([1,4]diazepan-1-yl)-imidazo[4,5-d]-pyridazin-4-ones, the preparation thereof and their use as pharmaceutical compositions |
CN1894239A (en) | 2003-12-18 | 2007-01-10 | 泰博特克药品有限公司 | Piperidine-amino-benzimidazole derivatives as inhibitors of respiratory syncytial virus replication |
DE10361133A1 (en) | 2003-12-22 | 2005-07-21 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Glucopyranosyloxy-substituted aromatics, medicaments containing these compounds, their use and processes for their preparation |
US7371732B2 (en) | 2003-12-22 | 2008-05-13 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Glucopyranosyloxy-substituted aromatic compounds, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture |
DE10360835A1 (en) | 2003-12-23 | 2005-07-21 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | New bicyclic imidazole derivatives are dipeptidylpeptidase-IV inhibitors useful to treat e.g. arthritis, obesity, allograft transplantation and calcitonin-induced osteoporosis |
WO2005061489A1 (en) | 2003-12-24 | 2005-07-07 | Prosidion Limited | Heterocyclic derivatives as gpcr receptor agonists |
EA200801601A1 (en) | 2004-02-18 | 2009-08-28 | Бёрингер Ингельхайм Интернациональ Гмбх | 8- [3-AMINOPIPERIDIN-1-IL] XANTHINES, THEIR RECEIVING AND THEIR APPLICATION AS DPP-IY INHIBITORS |
US7501426B2 (en) | 2004-02-18 | 2009-03-10 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | 8-[3-amino-piperidin-1-yl]-xanthines, their preparation and their use as pharmaceutical compositions |
DE102004019540A1 (en) | 2004-04-22 | 2005-11-10 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Composition, useful for treatment of e.g. inflammatory and obstructive respiratory complaint, sinus rhythm in heart in atrioventricular block and circulatory shock, comprises 6-hydroxy-4H-benzo1,4oxazin-3-one derivatives and other actives |
DE102004009039A1 (en) | 2004-02-23 | 2005-09-08 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | 8- [3-Amino-piperidin-1-yl] xanthines, their preparation and use as pharmaceuticals |
BRPI0508259A (en) | 2004-03-04 | 2007-07-31 | Kissei Pharmaceutical | fused heterocyclic derivative, medicinal composition containing same, and medicinal use thereof |
ZA200606792B (en) | 2004-03-04 | 2007-12-27 | Kissei Pharmaceutical | Fused heterocycle derivative, medicinal composition containing the same, and medicinal use thereof |
EP1593671A1 (en) | 2004-03-05 | 2005-11-09 | Graffinity Pharmaceuticals AG | DPP-IV inhibitors |
US7393847B2 (en) | 2004-03-13 | 2008-07-01 | Boehringer Ingleheim International Gmbh | Imidazopyridazinediones, their preparation and their use as pharmaceutical compositions |
CN102140090A (en) | 2004-03-15 | 2011-08-03 | 武田药品工业株式会社 | Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors |
ES2387881T3 (en) | 2004-03-16 | 2012-10-03 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Benzene derivatives substituted by glucopyranosyl, medicines containing these compounds, their use and procedure for their preparation |
EP1577306A1 (en) | 2004-03-17 | 2005-09-21 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH & Co.KG | novel benzoxazinone derivatives as slow-acting betamimetics and use thereof in treatment of respiratory tract diseases |
US7179809B2 (en) | 2004-04-10 | 2007-02-20 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | 2-Amino-imidazo[4,5-d]pyridazin-4-ones, their preparation and their use as pharmaceutical compositions |
CA2561210A1 (en) | 2004-04-10 | 2005-10-20 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Novel 2-amino-imidazo[4,5-d]pyridazin-4-ones and 2-amino-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-ones, production and use thereof as medicaments |
US20050239778A1 (en) | 2004-04-22 | 2005-10-27 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Novel medicament combinations for the treatment of respiratory diseases |
US20050244502A1 (en) | 2004-04-28 | 2005-11-03 | Mathias Neil R | Composition for enhancing absorption of a drug and method |
US7439370B2 (en) | 2004-05-10 | 2008-10-21 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Imidazole derivatives, their preparation and their use as intermediates for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions and pesticides |
PL1753748T3 (en) | 2004-05-12 | 2010-01-29 | Pfizer Prod Inc | Proline derivatives and their use as dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors |
DE102004024454A1 (en) | 2004-05-14 | 2005-12-08 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Novel enantiomerically pure beta agonists, process for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals |
PE20060315A1 (en) | 2004-05-24 | 2006-05-15 | Irm Llc | THIAZOLE COMPOUNDS AS PPAR MODULATORS |
TWI415635B (en) | 2004-05-28 | 2013-11-21 | 必治妥施貴寶公司 | Coated tablet formulation and method |
EA012281B1 (en) | 2004-06-01 | 2009-08-28 | Арес Трейдинг С.А. | Method of stabilizing proteins |
WO2005117861A1 (en) | 2004-06-04 | 2005-12-15 | Novartis Ag | Use of organic compounds |
US20050276794A1 (en) | 2004-06-09 | 2005-12-15 | Papas Klearchos K | Composition and method for improving pancreatic islet cell survival |
DE102004030502A1 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2006-01-12 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Novel imidazoles and triazoles, their preparation and use as medicines |
US7393836B2 (en) | 2004-07-06 | 2008-07-01 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | D-xylopyranosyl-substituted phenyl derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture |
CA2572149A1 (en) | 2004-07-08 | 2006-01-19 | Astellas Pharma Inc. | Process for production of azulene derivatives and intermediates for the synthesis of the same |
WO2006005613A1 (en) | 2004-07-14 | 2006-01-19 | Novartis Ag | Combination of dpp-iv inhibitors and compounds modulating 5-ht3 and/or 5-ht4 receptors |
DE102004034690A1 (en) | 2004-07-17 | 2006-02-02 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Methylidene-D-xylopyranosyl and oxo-D-xylopyranosyl-substituted phenyls, medicaments containing these compounds, their use and processes for their preparation |
TW200606129A (en) | 2004-07-26 | 2006-02-16 | Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd | Novel cyclohexane derivative, its prodrug, its salt and diabetic therapeutic agent containing the same |
JP2008508213A (en) | 2004-07-27 | 2008-03-21 | ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング | D-glucopyranosyl-phenyl-substituted cyclics, pharmaceuticals containing such compounds, their use and methods for their production |
JP2006045156A (en) | 2004-08-06 | 2006-02-16 | Sumitomo Pharmaceut Co Ltd | Condensed pyrazole derivative |
WO2006018150A1 (en) | 2004-08-11 | 2006-02-23 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | D-xylopyranosyl-phenyl-substituited cyclene, medicaments containing said compounds, use thereof and method for the production thereof |
TW200613275A (en) | 2004-08-24 | 2006-05-01 | Recordati Ireland Ltd | Lercanidipine salts |
WO2006022428A1 (en) | 2004-08-26 | 2006-03-02 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Remedy for diabetes |
DE102004043944A1 (en) | 2004-09-11 | 2006-03-30 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Novel 8- (3-amino-piperidin-1-yl) -7- (but-2-ynyl) -xanthines, their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals |
DE102004044221A1 (en) | 2004-09-14 | 2006-03-16 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | New 3-methyl-7-butynyl xanthines, their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals |
CN1759834B (en) | 2004-09-17 | 2010-06-23 | 中国医学科学院医药生物技术研究所 | Application of berberine or associated with Simvastatin in preparing product for preventing or curing disease or symptom related to blood fat |
AU2005289881A1 (en) | 2004-09-23 | 2006-04-06 | Amgen Inc. | Substituted sulfonamidopropionamides and methods of use |
AR051446A1 (en) | 2004-09-23 | 2007-01-17 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | C-ARYL GLUCOSIDS AS SELECTIVE INHIBITORS OF GLUCOSE CONVEYORS (SGLT2) |
DE102004048388A1 (en) | 2004-10-01 | 2006-04-06 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | D-pyranosyl-substituted phenyls, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, their use and processes for their preparation |
RU2007116869A (en) | 2004-10-08 | 2008-11-20 | Новартис АГ (CH) | COMBINATION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS |
BRPI0516340A (en) | 2004-10-12 | 2008-09-16 | Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Sa | compound, pharmaceutical composition, method for treating a condition that is regulated or normalized via dpp-iv inhibition, method for treating a metabolic disorder, method for treating type ii diabetes, method for lowering blood glucose, method for treating and prophylaxis of a disease, method for treating undamaged insulin-resistant glucose tolerance, method for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition and process for the preparation of compounds |
JP2008517921A (en) | 2004-10-25 | 2008-05-29 | ノバルティス アクチエンゲゼルシャフト | Combination of DPP-IV inhibitor, PPAR antidiabetic agent and metformin |
DE102005013967A1 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2006-10-05 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | New imidazole or pyrimidine derivatives are bradykinin B1 antagonists used for treating e.g. pain, stroke, peptic ulcers and other inflammatory disorders |
DE102004054054A1 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2006-05-11 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Process for preparing chiral 8- (3-amino-piperidin-1-yl) -xanthines |
DE602005009745D1 (en) | 2004-12-16 | 2008-10-23 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | GLUCOPYRANOSYL-SUBSTITUTED BENZ DERIVATIVES, MEDICAMENTS WITH SUCH COMPOUNDS, THEIR USE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THEREOF |
DE102004063099B4 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2009-02-12 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Process for the preparation of thiophene glycoside derivatives |
US20080318922A1 (en) | 2004-12-24 | 2008-12-25 | Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. | Bicyclic Pyrrole Derivatives |
KR100760430B1 (en) | 2004-12-31 | 2007-10-04 | 한미약품 주식회사 | Controlled release complex formulation for oral administration of medicine for diabetes and method for the preparation thereof |
MY148521A (en) | 2005-01-10 | 2013-04-30 | Arena Pharm Inc | Substituted pyridinyl and pyrimidinyl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the treatment of disorders related thereto |
DOP2006000008A (en) | 2005-01-10 | 2006-08-31 | Arena Pharm Inc | COMBINED THERAPY FOR THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES AND RELATED AFFECTIONS AND FOR THE TREATMENT OF AFFECTIONS THAT IMPROVE THROUGH AN INCREASE IN THE BLOOD CONCENTRATION OF GLP-1 |
GT200600008A (en) | 2005-01-18 | 2006-08-09 | FORMULATION OF DIRECT COMPRESSION AND PROCESS | |
TW200637869A (en) | 2005-01-28 | 2006-11-01 | Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd | The spiroketal derivatives and the use as therapeutical agent for diabetes of the same |
EP1856082B1 (en) | 2005-02-23 | 2009-10-14 | Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH | Glucopyranosyl-substituted ((hetero)arylethynyl-benzyl)-benzene derivatives and use thereof as sodium-dependent glucose cotransporter 2 (sglt2) inhibitors |
JP5238492B2 (en) | 2005-04-15 | 2013-07-17 | ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング | Glucopyranosyl-substituted (heteroaryloxy-benzyl) -benzene derivatives as SGLT inhibitors |
JP4568361B2 (en) | 2005-04-22 | 2010-10-27 | アラントス・ファーマシューティカルズ・ホールディング・インコーポレーテッド | Dipeptidyl peptidase-IV inhibitor |
WO2006114923A1 (en) | 2005-04-25 | 2006-11-02 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Inspection equipment employing magnetic resonance |
US7723309B2 (en) | 2005-05-03 | 2010-05-25 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Crystalline forms of 1-chloro-4-(β-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((R)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, a method for its preparation and the use thereof for preparing medicaments |
UA91546C2 (en) | 2005-05-03 | 2010-08-10 | Бьорінгер Інгельхайм Інтернаціональ Гмбх | Crystalline form of 1-chloro-4-(я-d-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-[4-((s)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, a method for its preparation and the use thereof for preparing medicaments |
US7772191B2 (en) | 2005-05-10 | 2010-08-10 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Processes for preparing of glucopyranosyl-substituted benzyl-benzene derivatives and intermediates therein |
EP1883631A1 (en) | 2005-05-25 | 2008-02-06 | Wyeth | Methods of synthesizing substituted 3-cyanoquinolines and intermediates thereof |
GT200600218A (en) | 2005-06-10 | 2007-03-28 | FORMULATION AND PROCESS OF DIRECT COMPRESSION | |
AU2006260477B2 (en) | 2005-06-20 | 2012-02-23 | Decode Genetics Ehf. | Genetic variants in the TCF7L2 gene as diagnostic markers for risk of type 2 diabetes mellitus |
WO2007000445A1 (en) | 2005-06-29 | 2007-01-04 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Glucopyranosyl-substituted benzyl-benzene derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture |
JP2009500390A (en) | 2005-07-08 | 2009-01-08 | ファイザー・リミテッド | New MAdCAM antibody |
TW200733966A (en) | 2005-07-27 | 2007-09-16 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | Glucopyranosyl-substituted ((hetero)cycloalkylethynyl-benzyl)-benzene derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture |
UY29694A1 (en) | 2005-07-28 | 2007-02-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | METHODS TO PREVENT AND TREAT METABOLIC AND NEW DISORDERS DERIVED FROM PIRAZOL-O-GLUCOSIDO |
DE102005035891A1 (en) | 2005-07-30 | 2007-02-08 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | 8- (3-amino-piperidin-1-yl) -xanthines, their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals |
WO2007017423A2 (en) | 2005-08-11 | 2007-02-15 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Pharmaceutical composition comprising a dpp-iv inhibitor |
JP5175191B2 (en) | 2005-08-30 | 2013-04-03 | ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング | Glycopyranosyl-substituted benzylbenzene derivative, pharmaceutical containing the compound, and use and production method thereof |
EP1760076A1 (en) | 2005-09-02 | 2007-03-07 | Ferring B.V. | FAP Inhibitors |
AU2006289093A1 (en) | 2005-09-08 | 2007-03-15 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Crystalline forms of 1-chloro-4-(beta-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-(4-ethynyl-benzyl)-benzene, methods for its preparation and the use thereof for preparing medicaments |
EP1942898B2 (en) | 2005-09-14 | 2014-05-14 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors for treating diabetes |
AR056195A1 (en) | 2005-09-15 | 2007-09-26 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | PROCEDURES TO PREPARE DERIVATIVES OF (ETINIL-BENCIL) -BENZENE REPLACED GLUCOPYRANOSIL AND INTERMEDIATE COMPOUNDS OF THE SAME |
WO2007035355A2 (en) | 2005-09-16 | 2007-03-29 | Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modulators of metabolism and the treatment of disorders related thereto |
JP5072848B2 (en) | 2005-09-20 | 2012-11-14 | ノバルティス アーゲー | Use of a DPP-IV inhibitor to reduce hypoglycemic events |
JOP20180109A1 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2019-01-30 | Novartis Ag | New Formulation |
SG166115A1 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2010-11-29 | Boehringer Ingelheim Vetmed | Pharmaceutical preparation containing meloxicam |
US20090156579A1 (en) | 2005-10-25 | 2009-06-18 | Hasegawa Philip A | Combination of a Dipeptidyl Peptidase-4 Inhibitor and an Anti-Hypertensive Agent for the Treatment of Diabetes and Hypertension |
WO2007052964A1 (en) | 2005-11-04 | 2007-05-10 | Ls Cable Ltd. | Synthesis of mdh-polymer hybrid particles |
JP5165582B2 (en) | 2005-12-16 | 2013-03-21 | メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション | Pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor and metformin |
WO2007071738A1 (en) | 2005-12-23 | 2007-06-28 | Novartis Ag | Condensed heterocyclic compounds useful as dpp-iv inhibitors |
GB0526291D0 (en) | 2005-12-23 | 2006-02-01 | Prosidion Ltd | Therapeutic method |
AU2007238522A1 (en) | 2006-01-06 | 2007-10-25 | Novartis Ag | Use of vildagliptin for the treatment of diabetes |
JP2009531291A (en) | 2006-02-15 | 2009-09-03 | ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング | Glucopyranosyl-substituted benzonitrile derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds, their use and methods of manufacture |
WO2007099345A1 (en) | 2006-03-02 | 2007-09-07 | Betagenon Ab | Medical use of bmp-2 and/ or bmp-4 |
US8784886B2 (en) * | 2006-03-09 | 2014-07-22 | GlaxoSmithKline, LLC | Coating capsules with active pharmaceutical ingredients |
US20070264370A1 (en) * | 2006-03-31 | 2007-11-15 | Jeffers Michael G | Composition and methods for the treatment of joint pain using Angelica gigas Nakai extract and powder as combined with Glucosamine Sulfate, or Chondroitin Sulfate and HCL, or MSM, or aspirin, or Celedrin, and as combinations thereof in powder, pill, capsule, spray, liquid, and gelcap form |
PE20071221A1 (en) | 2006-04-11 | 2007-12-14 | Arena Pharm Inc | GPR119 RECEPTOR AGONISTS IN METHODS TO INCREASE BONE MASS AND TO TREAT OSTEOPOROSIS AND OTHER CONDITIONS CHARACTERIZED BY LOW BONE MASS, AND COMBINED THERAPY RELATED TO THESE AGONISTS |
US8455435B2 (en) | 2006-04-19 | 2013-06-04 | Ludwig-Maximilians-Universitat Munchen | Remedies for ischemia |
PE20080697A1 (en) | 2006-05-03 | 2008-08-05 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | BENZONITRILE DERIVATIVES SUBSTITUTED WITH GLUCOPYRANOSIL, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING COMPOUNDS OF THIS TYPE, THEIR USE AND PROCEDURE FOR THEIR MANUFACTURE |
CA2810522A1 (en) | 2006-05-04 | 2007-11-15 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Polymorphs |
PE20080251A1 (en) | 2006-05-04 | 2008-04-25 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | USES OF DPP IV INHIBITORS |
EP1852108A1 (en) | 2006-05-04 | 2007-11-07 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH & Co.KG | DPP IV inhibitor formulations |
US20080039427A1 (en) | 2006-05-16 | 2008-02-14 | Ray Adrian S | Method and compositions for treating hematological malignancies |
KR20070111099A (en) | 2006-05-16 | 2007-11-21 | 영진약품공업주식회사 | Novel crystalline form of sitagliptin hydrochloride |
WO2007137107A2 (en) | 2006-05-19 | 2007-11-29 | Abbott Laboratories | Inhibitors of diacylglycerol o-acyltransferase type 1 enzyme |
KR100858848B1 (en) * | 2006-05-23 | 2008-09-17 | 한올제약주식회사 | Pharmaceutical compositions and formulations of Metformin extended release tablets |
CA2654890C (en) | 2006-06-16 | 2015-10-06 | Lek Pharmaceuticals D.D. | Pharmaceutical composition |
WO2007149797A2 (en) | 2006-06-19 | 2007-12-27 | Novartis Ag | Use of organic compounds |
WO2007148185A2 (en) | 2006-06-21 | 2007-12-27 | Pfizer Products Inc. | Substituted 3 -amino- pyrrolidino-4 -lactams as dpp inhibitors |
AT503443B1 (en) | 2006-06-23 | 2007-10-15 | Leopold Franzens Uni Innsbruck | Preparation of an ice surface, useful for ice rink, and ice sports cars and trains, comprises freezing water in which an inorganic substance e.g. ammonia, alkali hydroxide, hydrogen halide, nitric acid and sulfuric acid, is added |
TW200811140A (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2008-03-01 | Arena Pharm Inc | Modulators of metabolism and the treatment of disorders related thereto |
TW200811147A (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2008-03-01 | Arena Pharm Inc | Modulators of metabolism and the treatment of disorders related thereto |
JP2010500326A (en) | 2006-08-08 | 2010-01-07 | ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング | Pyrrolo [3,2-D] pyrimidine as a DPP-IV inhibitor for the treatment of diabetes |
EP2054426A1 (en) | 2006-08-15 | 2009-05-06 | Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH | Glucopyranosyl-substituted cyclopropylbenzene derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds, their use as sglt inhibitors and process for their manufacture |
US20100227809A1 (en) | 2006-08-17 | 2010-09-09 | Wellstat Therapeutics Corporation | Combination treatment for metabolic disorders |
DE102006042586B4 (en) | 2006-09-11 | 2014-01-16 | Betanie B.V. International Trading | Process for the microparticulate loading of high polymer carbohydrates with hydrophobic active fluids |
EP2074130A1 (en) | 2006-09-21 | 2009-07-01 | Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH | Glucopyranosyl-substituted difluorobenzyl-benzene derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture |
US8283326B2 (en) | 2006-10-27 | 2012-10-09 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Crystalline form of 4-(beta-D-glucopyranos-1-yl)-1-methyl-2-[4-((S)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)-benzyl]-benzene, a method for its preparation and the use thereof for preparing medicaments |
TW200829258A (en) | 2006-11-06 | 2008-07-16 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | Glucopyranosyl-substituted benzyl-benzonitrile derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture |
US7956201B2 (en) | 2006-11-06 | 2011-06-07 | Hoffman-La Roche Inc. | Process for the preparation of (S)-4-fluoromethyl-dihydro-furan-2-one |
WO2008062273A2 (en) | 2006-11-20 | 2008-05-29 | Cadila Pharmaceuticals Limited | Solid oral dosage form having antidiabetic drug combination |
UA97817C2 (en) | 2006-12-06 | 2012-03-26 | Глаксосмиткляйн Ллк | Heterocyclic derivatives of 4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl and use thereof |
US7638541B2 (en) | 2006-12-28 | 2009-12-29 | Metabolex Inc. | 5-ethyl-2-{4-[4-(4-tetrazol-1-yl-phenoxymethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-piperidin-1-yl}-pyrimidine |
CL2008000017A1 (en) | 2007-01-04 | 2008-08-01 | Prosidion Ltd | COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM NITROGEN AND OXYGEN HETEROCICLES, GPCR AGONISTS; PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES SUCH COMPOUND; AND USE OF THE COMPOUND FOR THE TREATMENT OF OBESITY, DIABETES, METABOLIC SYNDROME, HYPERLIPIDEMIA, TOLERANCE |
CL2008000133A1 (en) | 2007-01-19 | 2008-05-23 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES A COMPOUND DERIVED FROM PIRAZOL-O-GLUCOSIDE COMBINED WITH AT LEAST A SECOND THERAPEUTIC AGENT; AND USE OF THE COMPOSITION FOR THE TREATMENT OF MELLITUS DIABETES, CATARATS, NEUROPATHY, MYOCARDIAL INFARTS, AND |
EP2114937B1 (en) | 2007-01-26 | 2011-06-29 | Sanofi-Aventis | Phenothiazin derivates, method for the production thereof and use thereof as pharmaceuticals |
AR065033A1 (en) | 2007-01-26 | 2009-05-13 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | METHODS TO PREVENT AND TREAT NEURODEGENERATIVE DISORDERS |
EP2124901B1 (en) | 2007-02-01 | 2017-07-19 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Tablet preparation without causing a tableting trouble |
CL2008000279A1 (en) | 2007-02-01 | 2008-08-18 | Takeda Pharmaceutical | SOLID PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES A PART THAT INCLUDES 2 - ((6- (3R) -3-AMINO-1-PIPERIDINIL) 3,4-DIHIDRO-3-METHYL-2,4-DIOXO-1- (2H) -PIRIMIDIN ) METHYL) BENZONITRILE, SUGAR OR SUGAR ALCOHOL AND A SECOND PART THAT INCLUDES PIOGLITAZONA AND SUGAR |
ITFI20070042A1 (en) | 2007-02-21 | 2008-08-22 | Laboratori Guidotti Spa | PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATION AND COMPRESSED INCLUDING THIS FORMULATION. |
CA2679310A1 (en) | 2007-02-21 | 2008-08-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Tetrasubstituted glucopyranosylated benzene derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture |
WO2008101938A1 (en) | 2007-02-21 | 2008-08-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Glucopyranosyl-substituted benzyl-benzonitrile derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture |
WO2008113000A1 (en) | 2007-03-15 | 2008-09-18 | Nectid, Inc. | Anti-diabetic combinations comprising a slow release biguanide composition and an immediate release dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitor composition |
AR065809A1 (en) | 2007-03-22 | 2009-07-01 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS CONTAINING AN SGLT2 INHIBITOR |
TW200904454A (en) | 2007-03-22 | 2009-02-01 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Methods for treating obesity employing an SGLT2 inhibitor and compositions thereof |
US8927504B2 (en) | 2007-04-03 | 2015-01-06 | Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation | Combined use of dipeptidyl peptidase 4 inhibitor and sweetener |
EP2508141A1 (en) | 2007-04-16 | 2012-10-10 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Powered surgical system |
PE20090696A1 (en) | 2007-04-20 | 2009-06-20 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | CRYSTALLINE FORMS OF SAXAGLIPTIN AND PROCESSES FOR PREPARING THEM |
CN101668756A (en) | 2007-05-04 | 2010-03-10 | 百时美施贵宝公司 | [6,6] and [6,7]-bicyclic gpr119 g protein-coupled receptor agonists |
US20080287529A1 (en) | 2007-05-18 | 2008-11-20 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Crystal structures of sglt2 inhibitors and processes for preparing same |
ES2398478T5 (en) | 2007-07-09 | 2016-02-25 | Symrise Ag | Stable soluble salts of phenylbenzimidazolsulfonic acid from pH 6.0 to less than 6.8 |
MY159203A (en) | 2007-07-19 | 2016-12-30 | Takeda Pharmaceuticals Co | Solid preparation comprising alogliptin and metformin hydrochloride |
FR2920023B1 (en) | 2007-08-16 | 2013-02-08 | Sanofi Aventis | 3-DISUBSTITUTED INDOL-2-ONE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THERAPEUTIC USE THEREOF |
UY31290A1 (en) | 2007-08-16 | 2009-03-31 | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES A DERIVATIVE OF PIRAZOL-O-GLUCOSIDO | |
PE20090603A1 (en) | 2007-08-16 | 2009-06-11 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION INCLUDING A SGLT2 INHIBITOR AND A DPP IV INHIBITOR |
CL2008002427A1 (en) | 2007-08-16 | 2009-09-11 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | Pharmaceutical composition comprising 1-chloro-4- (bd-glucopyranos-1-yl) -2- [4 - ((s) -tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy) benzyl] -benzene combined with 1 - [(4-methylquinazolin- 2-yl) methyl] -3-methyl-7- (2-butyn-1-yl) -8- (3- (r) -aminopiperidin-1-yl) xanthine; and its use to treat type 2 diabetes mellitus. |
PE20090597A1 (en) | 2007-08-16 | 2009-06-06 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION INCLUDING A DERIVATIVE OF PIRAZOL-O-GLUCOSIDE |
KR101610005B1 (en) | 2007-08-17 | 2016-04-08 | 베링거 인겔하임 인터내셔날 게엠베하 | Purin derivatives for use in the treatment of FAB-related diseases |
LT2200606T (en) | 2007-09-10 | 2017-12-27 | Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. | Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of sglt |
JP5241849B2 (en) | 2007-11-16 | 2013-07-17 | ノボ・ノルデイスク・エー/エス | Pharmaceutical composition comprising insulin and insulinotropic peptide |
CN101234105A (en) | 2008-01-09 | 2008-08-06 | 北京润德康医药技术有限公司 | Pharmaceutical composition containing diabetosan and vildagliptin and preparation thereof |
US20090186086A1 (en) | 2008-01-17 | 2009-07-23 | Par Pharmaceutical, Inc. | Solid multilayer oral dosage forms |
CL2008003653A1 (en) | 2008-01-17 | 2010-03-05 | Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corp | Use of a glucopyranosyl-derived sglt inhibitor and a selected dppiv inhibitor to treat diabetes; and pharmaceutical composition. |
TW200936136A (en) | 2008-01-28 | 2009-09-01 | Sanofi Aventis | Tetrahydroquinoxaline urea derivatives, their preparation and their therapeutic application |
CA2713361A1 (en) * | 2008-02-05 | 2009-08-13 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Pharmaceutical compositions of a combination of metformin and a dipeptidyl peptidase-iv inhibitor |
JP2011513408A (en) * | 2008-03-04 | 2011-04-28 | メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション | Combination pharmaceutical composition of metformin and dipeptidyl peptidase-IV inhibitor |
EA019752B1 (en) | 2008-03-05 | 2014-06-30 | Такеда Фармасьютикал Компани Лимитед | Heterocyclic amide compound and use thereof for prevention/treatment of diabetes |
US8551524B2 (en) | 2008-03-14 | 2013-10-08 | Iycus, Llc | Anti-diabetic combinations |
DK2280704T3 (en) | 2008-03-31 | 2015-06-29 | Cymabay Therapeutics Inc | Oxymethylenarylforbindelser and uses thereof |
AR071175A1 (en) | 2008-04-03 | 2010-06-02 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES AN INHIBITOR OF DIPEPTIDIL-PEPTIDASA-4 (DPP4) AND A COMPARING PHARMACO |
PE20100156A1 (en) | 2008-06-03 | 2010-02-23 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | NAFLD TREATMENT |
UY32030A (en) | 2008-08-06 | 2010-03-26 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | "TREATMENT FOR DIABETES IN INAPPROPRIATE PATIENTS FOR THERAPY WITH METFORMIN" |
BRPI0917675A2 (en) | 2008-08-15 | 2015-12-01 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | wound healing organic compounds |
JP2010053576A (en) | 2008-08-27 | 2010-03-11 | Sumitomo Forestry Co Ltd | Mat for paving |
EP2344195A2 (en) | 2008-09-10 | 2011-07-20 | Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH | Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes and related conditions |
UY32177A (en) | 2008-10-16 | 2010-05-31 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | TREATMENT OF DIABETES IN PATIENTS WITH INSUFFICIENT GLUCEMIC CONTROL TO WEIGHT THERAPY WITH DRUG, ORAL OR NOT, ANTIDIABÉTICO |
WO2010045656A2 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2010-04-22 | Nectid, Inc. | Novel sglt2 inhibitor dosage forms |
JP2012512848A (en) | 2008-12-23 | 2012-06-07 | ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング | Salt forms of organic compounds |
AR074990A1 (en) | 2009-01-07 | 2011-03-02 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | TREATMENT OF DIABETES IN PATIENTS WITH AN INAPPROPRIATE GLUCEMIC CONTROL THROUGH METFORMIN THERAPY |
AR075204A1 (en) | 2009-01-29 | 2011-03-16 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | DPP-4 INHIBITORS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT INCLUDE THEM, USEFUL TO TREAT METABOLIC DISEASES IN PEDIATRIC PATIENTS, PARTICULARLY MELLITUS DIABETES TYPE 2 |
KR20160143897A (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2016-12-14 | 베링거 인겔하임 인터내셔날 게엠베하 | Antidiabetic medications comprising a DPP-4 inhibitor (linagliptin) optionally in combination with other antidiabetics |
UY32427A (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2010-09-30 | Boheringer Ingelheim Internat Gmbh | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, PHARMACEUTICAL FORM, PROCEDURE FOR PREPARATION, METHODS OF TREATMENT AND USES OF THE SAME |
CN102316875A (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2012-01-11 | 贝林格尔.英格海姆国际有限公司 | Sglt-2 inhibitor for treating type 1 diabetes mellitus, type 2 diabete mellitus, impaired glucose tolerance or hyperglycemia |
DK2395968T3 (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2024-03-04 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION COMPRISING GLUCOPYRANOSYL DIPHENYLMETHANE DERIVATIVES, PHARMACEUTICAL DOSAGE FORM THEREOF, PROCEDURE FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND USES THEREOF FOR IMPROVING GLYCEMIC CONTROL IN A PATIENT |
EA022349B1 (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2015-12-30 | Бёрингер Ингельхайм Интернациональ Гмбх | Pharmaceutical composition comprising a sglt2 inhibitor, a dpp-iv inhibitor and a further antidiabetic agent and uses thereof |
TW201031661A (en) | 2009-02-17 | 2010-09-01 | Targacept Inc | Fused benzazepines as neuronal nicotinic acetylcholine receptor ligands |
JP2012520868A (en) | 2009-03-20 | 2012-09-10 | ファイザー・インク | 3-Oxa-7-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane |
US8815292B2 (en) | 2009-04-27 | 2014-08-26 | Revalesio Corporation | Compositions and methods for treating insulin resistance and diabetes mellitus |
US8685934B2 (en) | 2009-05-27 | 2014-04-01 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Methods for treating extreme insulin resistance in patients resistant to previous treatment with other anti-diabetic drugs employing an SGLT2 inhibitor and compositions thereof |
WO2010140111A1 (en) * | 2009-06-02 | 2010-12-09 | Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited | Pharmaceutical compositions containing a combination of an antihistamine and a decongestant |
AU2010260373A1 (en) | 2009-06-15 | 2012-01-12 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Pharmaceutical compositions of combinations of dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitors with pioglitazone |
CN102573807A (en) | 2009-07-21 | 2012-07-11 | 凯克斯生物制药公司 | Ferric citrate dosage forms |
KR101813025B1 (en) | 2009-09-30 | 2017-12-28 | 베링거 인겔하임 인터내셔날 게엠베하 | Processes for preparing of glucopyranosyl-substituted benzyl-benzene derivatives |
PL2483286T3 (en) | 2009-09-30 | 2017-04-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Method for the preparation of a crystalline form of 1-chloro-4-(beta-d-glucopyranos-1-yl)-2-(4-((s)-tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)benzyl)benzene |
WO2011039367A2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2011-04-07 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Therapeutic uses of pharmaceutical compositions |
UY32919A (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2011-04-29 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | Pharmaceutical composition, pharmaceutical dosage form, procedure for its preparation, methods for its treatment and its uses |
US8871264B2 (en) | 2009-11-13 | 2014-10-28 | Astrazeneca Ab | Immediate release tablet formulations |
BR112012012641A2 (en) | 2009-11-27 | 2020-08-11 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | TREATMENT OF GENOTYPED DIABETIC PATIENTS WITH DPP-lVTAL INHIBITORS LIKE LINAGLIPTIN |
JP2010070576A (en) | 2009-12-28 | 2010-04-02 | Sato Pharmaceutical Co Ltd | Rapidly soluble tablet |
US20130109703A1 (en) | 2010-03-18 | 2013-05-02 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Combination of a GPR119 Agonist and the DPP-IV Inhibitor Linagliptin for Use in the Treatment of Diabetes and Related Conditions |
EP2368552A1 (en) | 2010-03-25 | 2011-09-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim Vetmedica GmbH | 1-[(3-cyano-pyridin-2-yl)methyl]-3-methyl-7-(2-butyn-1-yl)-8-[3-(r)-amino-piperidin-1-yl]-xanthine for the treatment of a metabolic disorder of a predominantly carnivorous non-human animal |
WO2011120923A1 (en) | 2010-03-30 | 2011-10-06 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical composition comprising an sglt2 inhibitor and a ppar- gamma agonist and uses thereof |
CA2797310C (en) | 2010-05-05 | 2020-03-31 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Glp-1 receptor agonist and dpp-4 inhibitor combination therapy |
AU2011249771A1 (en) | 2010-05-05 | 2012-11-01 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical formulations comprising pioglitazone and linagliptin |
CN103037849A (en) | 2010-06-22 | 2013-04-10 | 安成国际药业股份有限公司 | Controlled release compositions with reduced food effect |
AU2011268940B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2015-05-21 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Diabetes therapy |
US20130224296A1 (en) | 2010-09-03 | 2013-08-29 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Drug Formulations Using Water Soluble Antioxidants |
US20120283169A1 (en) | 2010-11-08 | 2012-11-08 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical composition, methods for treating and uses thereof |
AR083878A1 (en) | 2010-11-15 | 2013-03-27 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | VASOPROTECTORA AND CARDIOPROTECTORA ANTIDIABETIC THERAPY, LINAGLIPTINA, TREATMENT METHOD |
WO2012088682A1 (en) | 2010-12-29 | 2012-07-05 | Shanghai Fochon Pharmaceutical Co Ltd. | 2-(3-aminopiperidin-1-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine-5,7(3h,6h)-dione derivates as dipeptidyl peptidase iv(dpp-iv) inhibitors |
MX2013008372A (en) | 2011-02-01 | 2013-08-12 | Astrazeneca Uk Ltd | Pharmaceutical formulations including an amine compound. |
US20130035281A1 (en) | 2011-02-09 | 2013-02-07 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical composition, methods for treating and uses thereof |
UY33937A (en) | 2011-03-07 | 2012-09-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING DPP-4 AND / OR SGLT-2 AND METFORMIN INHIBITORS |
CA2835332C (en) | 2011-05-10 | 2019-03-26 | Sandoz Ag | Polymorph of linagliptin benzoate |
EP2714052B1 (en) | 2011-06-03 | 2018-09-19 | Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH | Sglt-2 inhibitors for treating metabolic disorders in patients treated with neuroleptic agents |
US20130035298A1 (en) | 2011-07-08 | 2013-02-07 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical composition, methods for treating and uses thereof |
US8962636B2 (en) | 2011-07-15 | 2015-02-24 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Substituted quinazolines, the preparation thereof and the use thereof in pharmaceutical compositions |
DE102011109492A1 (en) | 2011-08-04 | 2013-02-07 | GM Global Technology Operations LLC (n. d. Gesetzen des Staates Delaware) | Driving assistance device to support the driving of narrow roads |
US20130172244A1 (en) | 2011-12-29 | 2013-07-04 | Thomas Klein | Subcutaneous therapeutic use of dpp-4 inhibitor |
MX342355B (en) | 2012-01-04 | 2016-09-23 | Procter & Gamble | Active containing fibrous structures with multiple regions. |
US9555001B2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2017-01-31 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof |
US9192617B2 (en) | 2012-03-20 | 2015-11-24 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical composition, methods for treating and uses thereof |
EP2849755A1 (en) | 2012-05-14 | 2015-03-25 | Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH | A xanthine derivative as dpp -4 inhibitor for use in the treatment of podocytes related disorders and/or nephrotic syndrome |
WO2013174767A1 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2013-11-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | A xanthine derivative as dpp -4 inhibitor for use in modifying food intake and regulating food preference |
WO2013174768A1 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2013-11-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | A xanthine derivative as dpp -4 inhibitor for use in the treatment of autoimmune diabetes, particularly lada |
WO2013179307A2 (en) | 2012-05-29 | 2013-12-05 | Mylan Laboratories Limited | Stabilized pharmaceutical compositions of saxagliptin |
EA037712B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2021-05-13 | Бёрингер Ингельхайм Интернациональ Гмбх | Cardio- and renoprotective antidiabetic therapy |
PT2981271T (en) | 2013-04-05 | 2019-02-19 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | Therapeutic uses of empagliflozin |
US20140303097A1 (en) | 2013-04-05 | 2014-10-09 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical composition, methods for treating and uses thereof |
EP4000608A1 (en) | 2013-04-18 | 2022-05-25 | Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH | Pharmaceutical composition, methods for treating and uses thereof |
US20140371243A1 (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2014-12-18 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Medical use of a dpp-4 inhibitor |
WO2015128453A1 (en) | 2014-02-28 | 2015-09-03 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Medical use of a dpp-4 inhibitor |
-
2013
- 2013-03-05 US US13/785,365 patent/US9555001B2/en active Active
- 2013-03-06 AU AU2013229538A patent/AU2013229538A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2013-03-06 CN CN201380019305.0A patent/CN104220049A/en active Pending
- 2013-03-06 JP JP2014560356A patent/JP2015509519A/en active Pending
- 2013-03-06 MX MX2014010560A patent/MX2014010560A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2013-03-06 KR KR1020147024974A patent/KR20140131950A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2013-03-06 EP EP13707649.3A patent/EP2822544A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2013-03-06 TW TW102107937A patent/TW201400144A/en unknown
- 2013-03-06 IN IN6501DEN2014 patent/IN2014DN06501A/en unknown
- 2013-03-06 EA EA201400986A patent/EA201400986A1/en unknown
- 2013-03-06 SG SG11201405509UA patent/SG11201405509UA/en unknown
- 2013-03-06 CA CA2866421A patent/CA2866421A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2013-03-06 WO PCT/EP2013/054524 patent/WO2013131967A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-03-07 AR ARP130100740A patent/AR090269A1/en unknown
-
2014
- 2014-09-01 CL CL2014002325A patent/CL2014002325A1/en unknown
- 2014-09-05 PH PH12014501984A patent/PH12014501984A1/en unknown
-
2015
- 2015-06-16 HK HK15105677.2A patent/HK1204953A1/en unknown
-
2016
- 2016-12-15 US US15/380,272 patent/US20170095424A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2022
- 2022-06-03 US US17/831,459 patent/US20220287980A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6348090B1 (en) * | 1997-01-06 | 2002-02-19 | Bpsi Holdings, Inc. | Film coatings and film coating compositions based on dextrin |
US6340475B2 (en) * | 1997-06-06 | 2002-01-22 | Depomed, Inc. | Extending the duration of drug release within the stomach during the fed mode |
US20010053791A1 (en) * | 2000-03-16 | 2001-12-20 | Babcock Walter C. | Glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor |
US20080221174A1 (en) * | 2006-08-30 | 2008-09-11 | Jagotec Ag | Controlled release nisoldipine compositions |
US20100298243A1 (en) * | 2006-11-09 | 2010-11-25 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Combination therapy with sglt-2 inhibitors and their pharmaceutical compositions |
US20090226517A1 (en) * | 2008-02-06 | 2009-09-10 | Vinita Umashankar Vyas | Pharmaceutical formulations comprising duloxetine |
WO2011060256A2 (en) * | 2009-11-13 | 2011-05-19 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Bilayer tablet formulations |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2015509519A (en) | 2015-03-30 |
WO2013131967A1 (en) | 2013-09-12 |
PH12014501984A1 (en) | 2014-11-24 |
SG11201405509UA (en) | 2014-10-30 |
US20130236543A1 (en) | 2013-09-12 |
AU2013229538A1 (en) | 2014-08-21 |
AR090269A1 (en) | 2014-10-29 |
CN104220049A (en) | 2014-12-17 |
CA2866421A1 (en) | 2013-09-12 |
US20170095424A1 (en) | 2017-04-06 |
KR20140131950A (en) | 2014-11-14 |
EP2822544A1 (en) | 2015-01-14 |
TW201400144A (en) | 2014-01-01 |
CL2014002325A1 (en) | 2014-12-12 |
HK1204953A1 (en) | 2015-12-11 |
US9555001B2 (en) | 2017-01-31 |
EA201400986A1 (en) | 2015-06-30 |
IN2014DN06501A (en) | 2015-06-12 |
MX2014010560A (en) | 2014-12-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20220287980A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof | |
US11564886B2 (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions | |
US20160106677A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof | |
US20240115506A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical composition, methods for treating and uses thereof | |
US20220331326A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical composition, pharmaceutical dosage form, process for their preparation, methods for treating and uses thereof | |
AU2012224649A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising metformin and a DPP-4 inhibitor or SGLT-2 inhibitor | |
NZ613301B2 (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising metformin and a dpp-4 inhibitor or a sglt-2 inhibitor | |
TW201249480A (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |